6.2.4A Additional Maximum Power Reduction (A-MPR) for CA

36.521-13GPPEvolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA)Part 1: Conformance testingRadio transmission and receptionRelease 17TSUser Equipment (UE) conformance specification

Tools: ARFCN - Frequency Conversion for 5G NR/LTE/UMTS/GSM

6.2.4A.1 Additional Maximum Power Reduction (A-MPR) for CA (intra-band contiguous DL CA and UL CA)

6.2.4A.1.1 Test purpose

Additional ACLR, spectrum emission and spurious emission requirements for carrier aggregation can be signalled by the network to indicate that the UE shall also meet additional requirements in a specific deployment scenario. To meet these additional requirements, Additional Maximum Power Reduction (A-MPR) is allowed for the CA Power Class as specified in Table 6.2.2A.0-2.

6.2.4A.1.2 Test applicability

The requirements of this test apply in test case 6.6.2.2A.1 Additional Spectrum Emission Mask for CA (intra-band contiguous DL CA and UL CA) for network signalled value CA_NS_04 to all types of E-UTRA UE release 10 and forward that support intra-band contiguous DL CA and UL CA but do not support UL 64QAM or UL 256QAM.

The requirements of this test apply in test case 6.6.3.3A.1 Additional spurious emissions for CA (intra-band contiguous DL CA and UL CA) for network signalled values CA_NS_01, CA_NS_02 and CA_NS_03, CA_NS_05, CA_NS_06, CA_NS_07 to all types of E-UTRA UE release 10 and forward that support intra-band contiguous DL CA and UL CA but do not support UL 64QAM or UL 256QAM.

NOTE: As a result TC 6.2.4A.1 has not been included in the test case applicability table 4.1-1, TS 36.521-2. This does not preclude the test from being used for R&D or other purposes if deemed useful.

6.2.4A.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

If for intra-band carrier aggregation the UE is configured for transmissions on a single serving cell, then subclauses 6.2.3 and 6.2 4 apply with the Network Signalling value indicated by the field additionalSpectrumEmission.

For intra-band contiguous aggregation with the UE configured for transmissions on two serving cells, the maximum output power reduction specified in Table 6.2.4A.1.3-1 is allowed for all serving cells of the applicable uplink CA configurations according to the CA network signalling value indicated by the field additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10. Then clause 6.2.3A.1.3 does not apply, i.e. the carrier aggregation MPR = 0 dB, unless the value indicated is CA_NS_31.

For the UE maximum output power modified by A-MPR specified in table 6.2.4A.1.3-1, the power limits specified in subclause 6.2.5A.1.3 apply.

Table 6.2.4A.1.3-1: Additional Maximum Power Reduction (A-MPR) for intra-band contiguous CA

CA Network Signalling value	Requirements (subclause)	Uplink CA Configuration	A-MPR [dB] (subclause)
CA_NS_01	6.6.3.3A.1.3.1	CA_1C	6.2.4A.1.3.1
CA_NS_02	6.6.3.3A.1.3.2	CA_1C	6.2.4A.1.3.2
CA_NS_03	6.6.3.3A.1.3.3	CA_1C	6.2.4A.1.3.3
CA_NS_04	6.6.2.2A.1.3.1, 6.6.3.3A.1.3.8	CA_41C	6.2.4A.1.3.4
CA_NS_05	6.6.3.3A.1.3.4	CA_38C	6.2.4A.1.3.5
CA_NS_06	6.6.3.3A.1.3.5	CA_7C	6.2.4A.1.3.6
CA_NS_07	6.6.3.3A.1.3.6	CA_39C	6.2.4A.1.3.7
…
CA_NS_31	NOTE 1	Table 5.4.2A.1-1 (NOTE 1)	N/A
CA_NS_32	Reserved
NOTE 1: Applicable for uplink CA configurations listed in Table 5.4.2A.1-1 for which none of the additional requirements in subclauses 6.6.3.3A or 6.6.2.2A apply. NOTE 2: The index of the sequence CA_NS corresponds to the value of additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10.

For PUCCH and SRS transmissions, the allowed A-MPR is according to that specified for PUSCH QPSK modulation for the corresponding transmission bandwidth.

For intra-band carrier aggregation, the A-MPR is evaluated per slot and given by the maximum value taken over the transmission(s) on all component carriers within the slot; the maximum A-MPR over the two slots is then applied for the entire subframe.

6.2.4A.1.3.1 A-MPR for CA_NS_01 for CA_1C

If the UE is configured to CA_1C and it receives IE CA_NS_01 the allowed maximum output power reduction applied to transmissions on the PCC and the SCC for contiguously aggregated signals is specified in table 6.2.4A.1.3.1-1.

Table 6.2.4A.1.3.1-1: Contiguous allocation A-MPR for CA_NS_01

CA_1C: CA_NS_01	RB_start	L_CRB [RBs]	RB_start+ L_CRB [RBs]	A-MPR for QPSK and 16-QAM [dB]
100 RB / 100 RB	0 – 23 and 176 – 199	> 0	N/A	≤ 12.0
	24 – 105	> 64	N/A	≤ 6.0
	106 – 175	N/A	> 175	≤ 5.0
75 RB / 75 RB	0 – 6 and 143 – 149	0 < L_CRB≤ 10	N/A	≤ 11.0
	0 – 6 and 143 – 149	> 10	N/A	≤ 6.0
	7 – 90	> 44	N/A	≤ 5.0
	91 – 142	N/A	> 142	≤ 2.0
NOTE 1: RB_start indicates the lowest RB index of transmitted resource blocks NOTE 2: L_CRB is the length of a contiguous resource block allocation NOTE 3: For intra-subframe frequency hopping which intersects regions, notes 1 and 2 apply on a per slot basis NOTE 4: For intra-subframe frequency hopping which intersects regions, the larger A-MPR value may be applied for both slots in the subframe

If the UE is configured to CA_1C and it receives IE CA_NS_01 the allowed maximum output power reduction applied to transmissions on the PCell and the SCell with non-contiguous resource allocation is defined as follows

A-MPR = CEIL {M_A, 0.5}

Where M_Ais defined as follows_:

M_A = -22.5 A + 17 ; 0 ≤ A < 0.20

-11.0 A + 14.7 ; 0.20 ≤ A < 0.70

-1.7 A + 8.2 ; 0.70 ≤ A ≤ 1

Where A = N_{RB_alloc} / N_{RB_agg}

The normative reference for requirement is in TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.2.4A

6.2.4A.1.3.2 A-MPR for CA_NS_02 for CA_1C

If the UE is configured to CA_1C and it receives IE CA_NS_02 the allowed maximum output power reduction applied to transmission on the PCC and the SCC for contiguously aggregated signals is specified in Table 6.2.4A.1.3.2-1.

Table 6.2.4A.1.3.2-1: Contiguous allocation A-MPR for CA_NS_02

CA_1C: CA_NS_02	RB_end	L_CRB [RBs]	A-MPR for QPSK and 16 -QAM [dB]
100 RB / 100 RB	0 –20	> 0	≤ 4 dB
	21 – 46	> 0	≤ 3 dB
	47 – 99	> RB_end – 20	≤ 3 dB
	100 – 184	> 75	≤ 6 dB
	185 – 199	> 0	≤ 10 dB
75 RB / 75 RB	0 – 48	> 0	≤ 2 dB
	49 – 80	> RB_end – 20	≤ 3 dB
	81 – 129	> 60	≤ 5 dB
	130 – 149	> 85	≤ 6 dB
	130 – 149	1 – 84	≤ 2 dB

If the UE is configured to CA_1C and it receives IE CA_NS_02 the allowed maximum output power reduction applied to transmissions on the PCell and the SCell with non-contiguous resource allocation is defined as follows:

A-MPR = CEIL {M_A, 0.5}

Where M_Ais defined as follows

[M_A = -22.5 A + 17 ; 0 ≤ A < 0.20

-11.0 A + 14.7 ; 0.20 ≤ A < 0.70

-1.7 A + 8.2 ; 0.70 ≤ A ≤ 1]

Where A = N_{RB_alloc} / N_{RB_agg.}

6.2.4A.1.3.3 A-MPR for CA_NS_03 for CA_1C

If the UE is configured to CA_1C and it receives IE CA_NS_03 the allowed maximum output power reduction applied to transmission on the PCC and the SCC for contiguously aggregated signals is specified in Table 6.2.4A.1.3.3-1.

Table 6.2.4A.1.3.3-1: Contiguous allocation A-MPR for CA_NS_03

CA_1C: CA_NS_03	RB_end	L_CRB [RBs]	A-MPR for QPSK and 16-QAM [dB]
100 RB / 100 RB	0 – 26	> 0	≤ 10 dB
	27 – 63	≥ RB_end – 27	≤ 6 dB
	27 – 63	< RB_end – 27	≤ 1 dB
	64 – 100	> RB_end – 20	≤ 4 dB
	101 – 171	> 68	≤ 7 dB
	172 – 199	> 0	≤ 10 dB
75 RB / 75 RB	0 – 20	> 0	≤ 10 dB
	21 – 45	> 0	≤ 4 dB
	46 – 75	> RB_end – 13	≤ 2 dB
	76 – 95	> 45	≤ 5 dB
	96 – 149	> 43	≤ 8 dB
	120 – 149	1 – 43	≤ 6 dB

If the UE is configured to CA_1C and it receives IE CA_NS_03 the allowed maximum output power reduction applied to transmissions on the PCell and the SCell with non-contiguous resource allocation is defined as follows:

A-MPR = CEIL {M_A, 0.5}

Where M_Ais defined as follows

[M_A = -23.33A + 17.5 ; 0 ≤ A < 0.15

-7.65A + 15.15 ; 0.15 ≤ A ≤ 1]

Where A = N_{RB_alloc} / N_{RB_agg.}

6.2.4A.1.3.4 A-MPR for CA_NS_04 for CA_41C

If the UE is configured to CA_41C and it receives IE CA_NS_04 the allowed maximum output power reduction applied to transmission on the PCC and the SCC for contiguously aggregated signals is specified in Table 6.2.4A.1.3.4-1.

Table 6.2.4A.1.3.4-1: Contiguous Allocation A-MPR for CA_NS_04

CA Bandwidth Class C	RB_Start	L_CRB [RBs]	RB_start+ L_CRB [RBs]	A-MPR for QPSK [dB]	A-MPR for 16QAM [dB]
50RB / 100 RB	0 – 44 and 105 – 149	>0	N/A	≤4dB	≤4dB
50RB / 100 RB	45 – 104	N/A	>105	≤3dB	≤4dB
75 RB / 75 RB	0 – 44 and 105 – 149	>0	N/A	≤4dB	≤4dB
75 RB / 75 RB	45 – 104	N/A	>105	≤4dB	≤4dB
100 RB / 75 RB	0 – 49 and 125 – 174	>0	N/A	≤4dB	≤4dB
100 RB / 75 RB	50 – 124	N/A	>125	≤3dB	≤4dB
100 RB / 100 RB	0 – 59 and 140 – 199	>0	N/A	≤3dB	≤4dB
100 RB / 100 RB	60– 139	N/A	>140	≤3dB	≤4dB
NOTE 1: RB_start indicates the lowest RB index of transmitted resource blocks NOTE 2: L_CRB is the length of a contiguous resource block allocation NOTE 3: For intra-subframe frequency hopping which intersects regions, notes 1 and 2 apply on a per slot basis NOTE 4: For intra-subframe frequency hopping which intersects regions, the larger A-MPR value may be applied for both slots in the subframe

If the UE is configured to CA_41C and it receives IE CA_NS_04 the allowed maximum output power reduction applied to transmissions on the PCell and the SCell with non-contiguous resource allocation is defined as follows

A-MPR = CEIL {M_A, 0.5}

Where M_Ais defined as follows

M_A = 10.5, 0≤ A < 0.05

= -50.0A + 13.00, 0.05≤ A < 0.15

= -4.0A + 6.10, 0.15≤ A < 0.40

= -0.83A + 4.83, 0.40 ≤ A ≤ 1

Where A = N_{RB_alloc} / N_{RB_agg.}

6.2.4A.1.3.5 A-MPR for CA_NS_05 for CA_38C

If the UE is configured to CA_38C and it receives IE CA_NS_05 the allowed maximum output power reduction applied to transmission on the PCC and the SCC for contiguously aggregated signals is specified in Table 6.2.4A.1.3.5-1.

Table 6.2.4A.1.3.5-1: Contiguous Allocation A-MPR for CA_NS_05

CA_38C	RB_end	L_CRB [RBs]	A-MPR for QPSK and 16-QAM [dB]
100RB/100RB	0 – 12	>0	≤ 5 dB
	13 – 79	> RB_end – 13	≤ 2 dB
	80 – 180	>60	≤ 6 dB
	181 – 199	> 0	≤ 11 dB
75RB/75RB	0 – 70	> max(0, RB_end -10)	≤ 2 dB
	71- 108	> 60	≤ 5 dB
	109 – 140	>0	≤ 5 dB
	140 – 149	≤ 70	≤ 2 dB
	140 – 149	>70	≤ 6 dB
NOTE 1: RB_end indicates the highest RB index of transmitted resource blocks NOTE 2: L_CRB is the length of a contiguous resource block allocation NOTE 3: For intra-subframe frequency hopping which intersects regions, notes 1 and 2 apply on a per slot basis NOTE 4: For intra-subframe frequency hopping which intersects regions, the larger A-MPR value may be applied for both slots in the subframe

If the UE is configured to CA_38C and it receives IE CA_NS_05 the allowed maximum output power reduction applied to transmissions on the PCell and the SCell with non-contiguous resource allocation is defined as follows

A-MPR = CEIL {M_A, 0.5}

Where MA is defined as follows

M_A = -14.17 A + 16.50 ; 0 ≤ A < 0.60

-2.50 A + 9.50 ; 0.60 ≤ A ≤ 1

Where A = N_{RB_alloc} / N_{RB_agg.}

6.2.4A.1.3.6 A-MPR for CA_NS_06 for CA_7C

If the UE is configured to CA_7C and it receives IE CA_NS_06 the allowed maximum output power reduction applied to transmission on the PCC and the SCC for contiguously aggregated signals is specified in Table 6.2.4A.1.3.6-1.

Table 6.2.4A.1.3.6-1: Contiguous Allocation A-MPR for CA_NS_06

CA Bandwidth Class C	RB_{_end}	L_CRB [RBs]	A-MPR for QPSK and 16-QAM [dB]
100RB/100RB	[0 –22]	>[0]	≤ [4] dB
	[23 – 33]	> [RB_end – 10]	≤ [2] dB
	[106 – 142]	> [75]	≤ [3] dB
	[143 – 178]	>[70]	≤ [5] dB
	[179 – 199]	> [0]	≤ [10] dB
75RB/75RB	[0 – 7]	>[0]	≤ [5] dB
	[20- 75]	> [RB_end – 10]	≤ [2] dB
	[75 – 110]	>[64]	≤ [2] dB
	[110 – 144]	>[35]	≤ [6] dB
	[145 – 149]	>[0]	≤ [10] dB

If the UE is configured to CA_7C and it receives IE CA_NS_06 the allowed maximum output power reduction applied to transmissions on the PCell and the SCell with non-contiguous resource allocation is defined as follows:

A-MPR = CEIL {M_A, 0.5}

Where M_Ais defined as follows

M_A = [-23.33A + 17.5; 0 ≤ A < 0.15

-7.65A + 15.15; 0.15 ≤ A ≤ 1]

Where A = N_{RB_alloc} / N_{RB_agg.}

6.2.4A.1.3.7 A-MPR for CA_NS_07 for CA_39C

If the UE is configured to CA_39C and it receives IE CA_NS_07 the allowed maximum output power reduction applied to transmission on the PCC and the SCC for contiguously aggregated signals is specified in Table 6.2.4A.1.3.7-1.

Table 6.2.4A.1.3.7-1: Contiguous Allocation A-MPR for CA_NS_07

CA_39C: CA_NS_07	RB_Start	L_CRB [RBs]	A-MPR for QPSK and 16-QAM[dB]
75 RB / 100 RB and 100 RB / 75 RB	0 – 13	> 0	≤ 11
	14 – 50	≤ 60	≤ 3
	14 – 100	> 60	≤ 7
	101 – 155	> max(155 – RBstart , 0)	≤ 2
	156 – 174	> 0	≤ 5
50 RB / 100 RB and 100 RB / 50 RB	0 – 5	> 0	≤ 11
	6 – 42	≤ 25	≤ 3
	6 – 42	> 25	≤ 6
	43 – 80	> 50	≤ 5
	81 – 138	> 20	≤ 2
	139 – 149	> 0	≤ 5
25 RB / 100 RB and 100 RB / 25 RB	0 – 32	≥ 84	≤ 6
	0 – 32	< 84	≤ 4
	33 – 60	> 50	≤ 3
	61 – 124	> 20	≤ 3

If the UE is configured to CA_39C and it receives IE CA_NS_07 the allowed maximum output power reduction applied to transmissions on the PCell and the SCell with non-contiguous resource allocation is defined as follows

A-MPR = CEIL {M_A, 0.5}

Where M_Ais defined as follows_:

M_A = -16.25A + 21 ; 0 ≤ A < 0.80

-2.50 A + 10.00 ; 0.80 ≤ A ≤ 1

Where A = N_{RB_alloc} / N_{RB_agg}

6.2.4A.1.4 Test description

6.2.4A.1.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and CC combinations based on E‑UTRA CA configurations specified in table 5.4.2A.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each CA Configuration, and are shown in table 6.2.4A.1.4.1-1 to 6.2.4A.1.4.1-7. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexe A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.2.4A.1.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "CA_NS_01")

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1						NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes, and PCC and SCCs are mapped onto physical frequencies according to Table 6.1-2.						C: Low and High range
Test CC Combination setting (N_{RB_agg}) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.						As in Table 6.2.4A.1.3.1-1
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
ID	CA Configuration / N_{RB_agg}		DL Allocation (PDCCH on PCC)	CC MOD	UL Allocation
ID	PCC N_RB	SCCs N_RB	PCC & SCC RB allocation	CC MOD	N_{RB_alloc}		PCC & SCC RB allocations (L_CRB @ RB_start)
1	75	75	N/A	QPSK	1		P_1@0	S_0@0
2	75	75		QPSK	150		P_75@0	S_75@0
3	75	75		QPSK	45		P_45@7	S_0@0
4	75	75		QPSK	8		P_0@0	S_8@67
5	75	75		QPSK	129		P_75@0	S_54@0
6	75	75		QPSK	2		P_1@0	S_1@74
7	100	100		QPSK	200		P_100@0	S_100@0
8	100	100		QPSK	1		P_1@0	S_0@0
9	100	100		QPSK	175		P_75@25	S_100@0
10	100	100		QPSK	25		P_0@0	S_25@75
11	100	100		QPSK	64		P_64@24	S_0@0
12	100	100		QPSK	2		P_1@0	S_1@99
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1.

Table 6.2.4A.1.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "CA_NS_02")

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1						NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes, and PCC and SCCs are mapped onto physical frequencies according to Table 6.1-2.						C: Low and High range
Test CC Combination setting (N_{RB_agg}) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.						As in Table 6.2.4A.1.3.2-1
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
ID	CA Configuration / N_{RB_agg}		DL Allocation (PDCCH on PCC)	CC MOD	UL Allocation
ID	PCC N_RB	SCCs N_RB	PCC & SCC RB allocation	CC MOD	N_{RB_alloc}		PCC & SCC RB allocations (L_CRB @ RB_start)
1	75	75	N/A	QPSK	1		P_1@0	S_0@0
2	75	75		QPSK	75		P_75@0	S_0@0
3	75	75		QPSK	129		P_75@0	S_54@0
4	75	75		QPSK	129		P_54@21	S_75@0
5	75	75		QPSK	1		P_0@0	S_1@74
6	75	75		QPSK	1		P_0@0	S_1@54
7	75	75		QPSK	2		P_1@0	S_1@74
8	100	100		QPSK	1		P_1@0	S_0@0
9	100	100		QPSK	1		P_1@21	S_0@0
10	100	100		QPSK	90		P_90@0	S_0@0
11	100	100		QPSK	180		P_100@0	S_80@0
12	100	100		QPSK	1		P_0@0	S_1@99
13	100	100		QPSK	1		P_0@0	S_1@83
14	100	100		QPSK	2		P_1@0	S_1@99
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1.

Table 6.2.4A.1.4.1-3: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "CA_NS_03")

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1						NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes, and PCC and SCCs are mapped onto physical frequencies according to Table 6.1-2.						C: Low and High range
Test CC Combination setting (N_{RB_agg}) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.						As in Table 6.2.4A.1.3.3-1
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
ID	CA Configuration / N_{RB_agg}		DL Allocation (PDCCH on PCC)	CC MOD	UL Allocation
ID	PCC N_RB	SCCs N_RB	PCC & SCC RB allocation	CC MOD	N_{RB_alloc}		PCC & SCC RB allocations (L_CRB @ RB_start)
1	75	75	N/A	QPSK	1		P_1@0	S_0@0
2	75	75		QPSK	1		P_1@21	S_0@0
3	75	75		QPSK	75		P_75@0	S_0@0
4	75	75		QPSK	90		P_75@0	S_15@0
5	75	75		QPSK	150		P_75@0	S_75@0
6	75	75		QPSK	1		P_0@0	S_1@74
7	75	75		QPSK	1		P_0@0	S_1@44
8	75	75		QPSK	2		P_1@0	S_1@74
9	100	100		QPSK	1		P_1@0	S_0@0
10	100	100		QPSK	60		P_60@0	S_0@0
11	100	100		QPSK	1		P_1@63	S_0@0
12	100	100		QPSK	90		P_90@0	S_0@0
13	100	100		QPSK	164		P_100@0	S_64@0
14	100	100		QPSK	1		P_0@0	S_1@99
15	100	100		QPSK	1		P_0@0	S_1@70
16	100	100		QPSK	2		P_1@0	S_1@99
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1.

Table 6.2.4A.1.4.1-4: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "CA_NS_04")

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1						NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes, and PCC and SCCs are mapped onto physical frequencies according to Table 6.1-2.						C: Low and High range
Test CC Combination setting (N_{RB_agg}) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.						As in Table 6.2.4A.1.3.4-1
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
ID	CA Configuration / N_{RB_agg}		DL Allocation (PDCCH on PCC)	CC MOD	UL Allocation
ID	PCC N_RB	SCCs N_RB	PCC & SCC RB allocation	CC MOD	N_{RB_alloc}		PCC & SCC RB allocations (L_CRB @ RB_start)
1	100	50	N/A	QPSK	10		P_10@20	S_0@0
2	100	50		QPSK	60		P_50@50	S_10@0
3	100	50		16QAM	15		P_0@0	S_15@0
4	100	50		QPSK	2		P_1@0	S_1@49
5	75	75		QPSK	10		P_10@20	S_0@0
6	75	75		QPSK	75		P_30@45	S_45@0
7	75	75		QPSK	2		P_1@0	S_1@74
8	100	75		QPSK	10		P_10@20	S_0@0
9	100	75		QPSK	80		P_50@50	S_30@0
10	100	75		16QAM	20		P_0@0	S_20@15
11	100	75		QPSK	2		P_1@0	S_1@74
12	100	100		QPSK	10		P_10@25	S_0@0
13	100	100		QPSK	90		P_40@60	S_50@0
14	100	100		16QAM	15		P_0@0	S_15@40
15	100	100		16QAM	20		P_0@0	S_20@30
16	100	100		QPSK	2		P_1@0	S_1@99
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1.

Table 6.2.4A.1.4.1-5: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "CA_NS_05")

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1						NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes, and PCC and SCCs are mapped onto physical frequencies according to Table 6.1-2.						C: Low and High range
Test CC Combination setting (N_{RB_agg}) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.						As in Table 6.2.4A.1.3.5-1
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
ID	CA Configuration / N_{RB_agg}		DL Allocation (PDCCH on PCC)	CC MOD	UL Allocation
ID	PCC N_RB	SCCs N_RB	PCC & SCC RB allocation	CC MOD	N_{RB_alloc}		PCC & SCC RB allocations (L_CRB @ RB_start)
1	75	75	N/A	QPSK	40		P_40@0	S_0@0
2	75	75		QPSK	80		P_50@25	S_30@0
3	75	75		QPSK	60		P_10@65	S_50@0
4	75	75		QPSK	65		P_1@74	S_64@0
5	75	75		QPSK	92		P_20@55	S_72@0
6	75	75		QPSK	2		P_1@0	S_1@74
7	100	100		QPSK	8		P_8@0	S_0@0
8	100	100		QPSK	40		P_40@0	S_0@0
9	100	100		QPSK	80		P_50@50	S_30@0
10	100	100		QPSK	150		P_60@40	S_90@0
11	100	100		QPSK	2		P_1@0	S_1@99
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1.

Table 6.2.4A.1.4.1-6: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "CA_NS_06")

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1						NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes, and PCC and SCCs are mapped onto physical frequencies according to Table 6.1-2.						C: Low and High range
Test CC Combination setting (N_{RB_agg}) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration						As in Table 6.2.4A.1.3.6-1
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
ID	CA Configuration / N_{RB_agg}		DL Allocation (PDCCH on PCC)	CC MOD	UL Allocation
ID	PCC N_RB	SCCs N_RB	PCC & SCC RB allocation	CC MOD	N_{RB_alloc}		PCC & SCC RB allocations (L_CRB @ RB_start)
1	75	75	N/A	QPSK	5		P_5@0	S_0@0
2	75	75		QPSK	45		P_45@0	S_0@0
3	75	75		QPSK	75		P_60@15	S_15@0
4	75	75		QPSK	60		P_10@65	S_50@0
5	75	75		QPSK	90		P_18@57	S_72@0
6	75	75		QPSK	2		P_1@0	S_1@74
7	100	100		QPSK	10		P_10@0	S_0@0
8	100	100		QPSK	30		P_30@0	S_0@0
9	100	100		QPSK	100		P_75@25	S_25@0
10	100	100		QPSK	90		P_40@60	S_50@0
11	100	100		QPSK	96		P_15@85	S_81@0
12	100	100		QPSK	2		P_1@0	S_1@99
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1.

Table 6.2.4A.1.4.1-7: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "CA_NS_07")

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1						NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes, and PCC and SCCs are mapped onto physical frequencies according to Table 6.1-2.						C: Low and High range
Test CC Combination setting (N_{RB_agg}) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration						As in Table 6.2.4A.1.3.7-1
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
ID	CA Configuration / N_{RB_agg}		DL Allocation (PDCCH on PCC)	CC MOD	UL Allocation
ID	PCC N_RB	SCCs N_RB	PCC & SCC RB allocation	CC MOD	N_{RB_ alloc}		PCC & SCC RB allocations (L_CRB @ RB_start)
1	100	25	N/A	QPSK	1		P_1@0	S_0@0
2	100	25		QPSK	85		P_80@20	S_5@0
3	100	25		QPSK	65		P_60@40	S_5@0
4	100	25		QPSK	35		P_30@70	S_5@0
5	100	25		QPSK	2		P_1@0	S_1@24
6	100	50		QPSK	1		P_1@1	S_0@0
7	100	50		QPSK	10		P_10@30	S_0@0
8	100	50		QPSK	30		P_30@30	S_0@0
9	100	50		QPSK	60		P_40@60	S_20@0
10	100	50		QPSK	30		P_10@90	S_20@0
11	100	50		QPSK	5		P_0@0	S_5@45
12	100	50		QPSK	2		P_1@0	S_1@49
13	100	75		QPSK	1		P_1@1	S_0@0
14	100	75		QPSK	40		P_40@20	S_0@0
15	100	75		QPSK	85		P_80@20	S_5@0
16	100	75		QPSK	40		P_0@0	S_40@20
17	100	75		QPSK	15		P_0@0	S_15@60
18	100	75		QPSK	2		P_1@0	S_1@74
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A Figure group A.32 as appropriate.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL Reference Measurement channel is set according to the applicable table from Table 6.2.4A.1.4.1-1 to 6.2.4A.1.4.1-7.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.2.4A.1.4.3.

6.2.4A.1.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.0 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 6.2.4A.1.4.3.

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to the applicable from Table 6.2.4A.1.4.1-1 to Table 6.2.4A.1.4.1-7 on both PCC and SCC. Since the UE has no payload and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

5. Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in every uplink scheduling information to the UE; allow at least 200ms for the UE to reach P_UMAX level.

6. Measure the mean transmitted power over all component carriers in the CA configuration of the radio access mode. The period of measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.

6.2.4A.1.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6.The following exceptions apply for each network signalled value.

6.2.4A.1.4.3.1 Message contents exceptions (network signalled value "CA_NS_01")

1. Information element additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10 is set to CA_NS_01. This can be set in the RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10-DEFAULT as part of the common RRC messages. This exception indicates that the UE shall meet the additional spectrum emission requirement for a specific deployment scenario.

Table 6.2.4A.1.4.3.1-1: RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10-DEFAULT: Additional spectrum emission test requirement for "CA_NS_01"

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-13A
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10	1 (CA_NS_01)

6.2.4A.1.4.3.2 Message contents exceptions (network signalled value "CA_NS_02")

1. Information element additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10 is set to CA_NS_02. This can be set in the RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10-DEFAULT as part of the common RRC messages. This exception indicates that the UE shall meet the additional spectrum emission requirement for a specific deployment scenario.

Table 6.2.4A.1.4.3.2-1: RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10-DEFAULT: Additional spectrum emission test requirement for "CA_NS_02"

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-13A
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10	2 (CA_NS_02)

6.2.4A.1.4.3.3 Message contents exceptions (network signalled value "CA_NS_03")

1. Information element additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10 is set to CA_NS_03. This can be set in the RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10-DEFAULT as part of the common RRC messages. This exception indicates that the UE shall meet the additional spectrum emission requirement for a specific deployment scenario.

Table 6.2.4A.1.4.3.3-1: RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10-DEFAULT: Additional spectrum emission test requirement for "CA_NS_03"

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-13A
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10	3 (CA_NS_03)

6.2.4A.1.4.3.4 Message contents exceptions (network signalled value "CA_NS_04")

1. Information element additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10 is set to CA_NS_04. This can be set in the RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10-DEFAULT as part of the common RRC messages. This exception indicates that the UE shall meet the additional spectrum emission requirement for a specific deployment scenario.

Table 6.2.4A.1.4.3.4-1: RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10-DEFAULT: Additional spectrum emission test requirement for "CA_NS_04"

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-13A
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10	4 (CA_NS_04)

6.2.4A.1.4.3.5 Message contents exceptions (network signalled value "CA_NS_05")

1. Information element additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10 is set to CA_NS_05. This can be set in the RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10-DEFAULT as part of the common RRC messages. This exception indicates that the UE shall meet the additional spectrum emission requirement for a specific deployment scenario.

Table 6.2.4A.1.4.3.5-1: RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10-DEFAULT: Additional spectrum emission test requirement for "CA_NS_05"

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-13A
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10	5 (CA_NS_05)

6.2.4A.1.4.3.6 Message contents exceptions (network signalled value "CA_NS_06")

1. Information element additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10 is set to CA_NS_06. This can be set in the RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10-DEFAULT as part of the common RRC messages. This exception indicates that the UE shall meet the additional spectrum emission requirement for a specific deployment scenario.

Table 6.2.4A.1.4.3.6-1: RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10-DEFAULT: Additional spectrum emission test requirement for "CA_NS_06"

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-13A
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10	6 (CA_NS_06)

6.2.4A.1.4.3.7 Message contents exceptions (network signalled value "CA_NS_07")

1. Information element additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10 is set to CA_NS_07. This can be set in the RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10-DEFAULT as part of the common RRC messages. This exception indicates that the UE shall meet the additional spectrum emission requirement for a specific deployment scenario.

Table 6.2.4A.1.4.3.7-1: RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10-DEFAULT: Additional spectrum emission test requirement for "CA_NS_07"

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-13A
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10	7 (CA_NS_07)

6.2.4A.1.5 Test requirements

The maximum output power, derived in step 3 shall be within the range prescribed by the nominal maximum output power and tolerance in the applicable table from Table 6.2.4A.1.5-1 to Table 6.2.4A.1.5-7. The allowed maximum output power reduction is specified in Table 6.2.4A.1.3-1 and clause 6.2.3A.1 does not apply, i.e. carrier aggregation MPR = 0. For the UE maximum output power modified by A-MPR specified in table 6.2.4A.1.3-1, the power limits specified in Table 6.2.5A.1.3-1 apply.

Table 6.2.4A.1.5-1: Test requirement (network signalled value "CA_NS_01")

Configuration ID	Class 1 (dBm)	Tol. (dB)	Class 2 (dBm)	Tol. (dB)	Class 3 (dBm)	Tol. (dB)
1					23	+2.7 / -17.7
2					23	+2.7 / -11.7
3					23	+2.7 / -9.7
4					23	+2.7 / -4.7
5					23	+2.7 / -11.7
6					23	+2.7 / -24.7
7					23	+2.7 / -18.7
8					23	+2.7 / -18.7
9					23	+2.7 / -11.7
10					23	+2.7 / -9.7
11					23	+2.7 / -2.7
12					23	+2.7 / -24.7
Note 1: Lower limit is assuming ΔT_IB,c is zero. If non-zero, P_CMAX,c will decrease and T(P_{CMAX_L,c}) may be higher resulting in different test requirements according to Table 6.2.5A.1.3-1.

Table 6.2.4A.1.5-2: Test requirement (network signalled value "CA_NS_02")

Configuration ID	Class 1 (dBm)	Tol. (dB)	Class 2 (dBm)	Tol. (dB)	Class 3 (dBm)	Tol. (dB)
1					23	+2.7 / -4.7
2					23	+2.7 / -6.2
3					23	+2.7 / -9.7
4					23	+2.7 / -11.7
5					23	+2.7 / -4.7
6					23	+2.7 / -2.7
7					23	+2.7/-24.7
8					23	+2.7 / -8.2
9					23	+2.7 / -6.2
10					23	+2.7 / -6.2
11					23	+2.7 / -11.7
12					23	+2.7 / -15.7
13					23	+2.7 / -2.7
14					23	+2.7/-24.7
Note 1: Lower limit is assuming ΔT_IB,c is zero. If non-zero, P_CMAX,c will decrease and T(P_{CMAX_L,c}) may be higher resulting in different test requirements according to Table 6.2.5A.1.3-1.

Table 6.2.4A.1.5-3: Test requirement (network signalled value "CA_NS_03")

Configuration ID	Class 1 (dBm)	Tol. (dB)	Class 2 (dBm)	Tol. (dB)	Class 3 (dBm)	Tol. (dB)
1					23	+2.7 / -15.7
2					23	+2.7 / -8.2
3					23	+2.7 / -4.7
4					23	+2.7 / -9.7
5					23	+2.7 / -13.7
6					23	+2.7 / -11.7
7					23	+2.7 / -2.7
8					23	+2.7/-25.2
9					23	+2.7 / -15.7
10					23	+2.7 / -11.7
11					23	+2.7 / -3.7
12					23	+2.7 / -8.2
13					23	+2.7 / -12.7
14					23	+2.7 / -15.7
15					23	+2.7 / -2.7
16					23	+2.7/-25.2
Note 1: Lower limit is assuming ΔT_IB,c is zero. If non-zero, P_CMAX,c will decrease and T(P_{CMAX_L,c}) may be higher resulting in different test requirements according to Table 6.2.5A.1.3-1.

Table 6.2.4A.1.5-4: Test requirement (network signalled value "CA_NS_04")

Configuration ID	Class 1 (dBm)	Tol. (dB)	Class 2 (dBm)	Tol. (dB)	Class 3 (dBm)	Tol. (dB)
1					23	+2.7 / -8.2
2					23	+2.7 / -6.2
3					23	+2.7 / -8.2
4					23	+2.7 / -18.7
5					23	+2.7 / -8.2
6					23	+2.7 / -8.2
7					23	+2.7 / -18.7
8					23	+2.7 / -8.2
9					23	+2.7 / -6.2
10					23	+2.7 / -8.2
11					23	+2.7 / -18.7
12					23	+2.7 / -6.2
13					23	+2.7 / -6.2
14					23	+2.7 / -8.2
15					23	+2.7 / -8.2
16					23	+2.7 / -18.7
Note 1: Lower limit is assuming ΔT_IB,c is zero. If non-zero, P_CMAX,c will decrease and T(P_{CMAX_L,c}) may be higher resulting in different test requirements according to Table 6.2.5A.1.3-1.

Table 6.2.4A.1.5-5: Test requirement (network signalled value "CA_NS_05")

Configuration ID	Test Freq.	Class 1 (dBm)	Tol. (dB)	Class 2 (dBm)	Tol. (dB)	Class 3 (dBm)	Tol. (dB)
1	Low, High					23	+2.7 / -4.7
2	Low, High					23	+2.7 / -9.7
3	Low, High					23	+2.7 / -9.7
4	Low, High					23	+2.7 / -9.7
5	Low, High					23	+2.7 / -11.7
6	Low, High					23	+2.7 / -24.2
7	Low, High					23	+2.7 / -9.7
8	Low, High					23	+2.7 / -4.7
9	Low, High					23	+2.7 / -11.7
10	Low, High					23	+2.7 / -17.7
11	Low, High					23	+2.7 / -24.2
Note 1: Lower limit is assuming ΔT_IB,c is zero. If non-zero, P_CMAX,c will decrease and T(P_{CMAX_L,c}) may be higher resulting in different test requirements according to Table 6.2.5A.1.3-1.

Table 6.2.4A.1.5-6: Test requirement (network signalled value "CA_NS_06")

Configuration ID	Class 1 (dBm)	Tol. (dB)	Class 2 (dBm)	Tol. (dB)	Class 3 (dBm)	Tol. (dB)
1 (Low Range)					23	+2.7 / -12.2
1 (High Range)					23	+2.7 / -9.7
2					23	+2.7 / -4.7
3					23	+2.7 / -4.7
4					23	+2.7 / -11.7
5					23	+2.7 / -15.7
6					23	+2.7 / -26.7
7 (Low Range)					23	+2.7 / -11.2
7 (High Range)					23	+2.7 / -8.2
8					23	+2.7 / -4.7
9					23	+2.7 / -6.2
10					23	+2.7 / -9.7
11					23	+2.7 / -15.7
12					23	+2.7 / -26.7
Note 1: Lower limit is assuming ΔT_IB,c is zero. If non-zero, P_CMAX,c will decrease and T(P_{CMAX_L,c}) may be higher resulting in different test requirements according to Table 6.2.5A.1.3-1.

Table 6.2.4A.1.5-7: Test requirement (network signalled value "CA_NS_07")

Configuration ID	Class 1 (dBm)	Tol. (dB)	Class 2 (dBm)	Tol. (dB)	Class 3 (dBm)	Tol. (dB)
1					23	+2.7 / -8.2
2					23	+2.7 / -11.7
3					23	+2.7 / -6.2
4					23	+2.7 / -6.2
5					23	+2.7 / -28.7
6					23	+2.7 / -17.7
7					23	+2.7 / -6.2
8					23	+2.7 / -11.7
9					23	+2.7 / -9.7
10					23	+2.7 / -4.7
11					23	+2.7 / -9.7
12					23	+2.7 / -28.7
13					23	+2.7 / -17.7
14					23	+2.7 / -6.2
15					23	+2.7 / -12.7
16					23	+2.7 / -4.7
17					23	+2.7 / -9.7
18					23	+2.7 / -28.7
Note 1: Lower limit is assuming ΔT_IB,c is zero. If non-zero, P_CMAX,c will decrease and T(P_{CMAX_L,c}) may be higher resulting in different test requirements according to Table 6.2.5A.1.3-1.

6.2.4A.1_1 Additional Maximum Power Reduction (A-MPR) for CA (intra-band contiguous DL CA and UL CA) for UL 64QAM

Editor’s notes:

– Minimum requirement for CA_NS_08 for this test case is undefined in TS 36.101.

– For a transition period until RAN5#83, this test case in version 15.3.1 of 36.521-1 shall be used. This is to ensure no test coverage is lost before the UL 256QAM test case becomes available.

6.2.4A.1_1.1 Test purpose

Same test purpose as in clause 6.2.4A.1.1.

6.2.4A.1_1.2 Test applicability

The requirements of this test apply in test case 6.6.2.2A.1_1 Additional Spectrum Emission Mask for CA (intra-band contiguous DL CA and UL CA) for network signalled value CA_NS_04 to all types of E-UTRA UE from release 13 and forward that support intra-band contiguous DL CA, UL CA and UL 64QAM but do not support UL 256QAM.

The requirements of this test apply in test case 6.6.3.3A.1_1 Additional spurious emissions for CA (intra-band contiguous DL CA and UL CA) for network signalled values CA_NS_01, CA_NS_02 and CA_NS_03, CA_NS_05, CA_NS_06, CA_NS_07, CA_NS_08 to all types of E-UTRA UE from release 13 and forward that support intra-band contiguous DL CA, UL CA and UL 64QAM but do not support UL 256QAM.

NOTE: As a result TC 6.2.4A.1_1 has not been included in the test case applicability table 4.1-1, TS 36.521-2. This does not preclude the test from being used for R&D or other purposes if deemed useful.

6.2.4A.1_1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

For intra-band contiguous aggregation with the UE configured for transmissions on two serving cells, the maximum output power reduction specified in Table 6.2.4A.1_1.3-1 is allowed for all serving cells of the applicable uplink CA configurations according to the CA network signalling value indicated by the field additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10. Then clause 6.2.3A.1.3 does not apply, i.e. the carrier aggregation MPR = 0 dB, unless the value indicated is CA_NS_31. For uplink 64QAM, the applied maximum output power reduction is obtained by taking the maximum value of MPR requirements specified in Table 6.2.3A.1_1.3-1 and A-MPR requirements specified in Table 6.2.4A.1_1.3-1.

For the UE maximum output power modified by A-MPR specified in table 6.2.4A.1_1.3-1, the power limits specified in subclause 6.2.5A.1.3 apply.

Table 6.2.4A.1_1.3-1: Additional Maximum Power Reduction (A-MPR) for intra-band contiguous CA

CA Network Signalling value	Requirements (subclause)	Uplink CA Configuration	A-MPR [dB] (subclause)
CA_NS_01	6.6.3.3A.1.3.1	CA_1C	6.2.4A.1_1.3.1
CA_NS_02	6.6.3.3A.1.3.2	CA_1C	6.2.4A.1_1.3.2
CA_NS_03	6.6.3.3A.1.3.3	CA_1C	6.2.4A.1_1.3.3
CA_NS_04	6.6.2.2A.1.3.1	CA_41C	6.2.4A.1_1.3.4
CA_NS_05	6.6.3.3A.1.3.4	CA_38C	6.2.4A.1_1.3.5
CA_NS_06	6.6.3.3A.1.3.5	CA_7C	6.2.4A.1_1.3.6
CA_NS_07	6.6.3.3A.1.3.6	CA_39C	6.2.4A.1_1.3.7
CA_NS_08	6.6.3.3A.1.3.7	CA_42C	6.2.4A.1_1.3.8
…
CA_NS_31	NOTE 1	Table 5.4.2A.1-1 (NOTE 1)	N/A
CA_NS_32	Reserved
NOTE 1: Applicable for uplink CA configurations listed in Table 5.4.2A.1-1 for which none of the additional requirements in subclauses 6.6.3.3A or 6.6.2.2A apply. NOTE 2: The index of the sequence CA_NS corresponds to the value of additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10.

For PUCCH and SRS transmissions, the allowed A-MPR is according to that specified for PUSCH QPSK modulation for the corresponding transmission bandwidth.

6.2.4A.1_1.3.1 A-MPR for CA_NS_01 for CA_1C

Table 6.2.4A.1_1.3.1-1: Contiguous allocation A-MPR for CA_NS_01

CA_1C: CA_NS_01	RB_start	L_CRB [RBs]	RB_start+ L_CRB [RBs]	A-MPR for 64-QAM [dB]
100 RB / 100 RB	0 – 23 and 176 – 199	> 0	N/A	≤ 12.0
	24 – 105	> 64	N/A	≤ 6.0
	106 – 175	N/A	> 175	≤ 5.0
75 RB / 75 RB	0 – 6 and 143 – 149	0 < L_CRB≤ 10	N/A	≤ 11.0
	0 – 6 and 143 – 149	> 10	N/A	≤ 6.0
	7 – 90	> 44	N/A	≤ 5.0
	91 – 142	N/A	> 142	≤ 2.0
NOTE 1: RB_start indicates the lowest RB index of transmitted resource blocks NOTE 2: L_CRB is the length of a contiguous resource block allocation NOTE 3: For intra-subframe frequency hopping which intersects regions, notes 1 and 2 apply on a per slot basis NOTE 4: For intra-subframe frequency hopping which intersects regions, the larger A-MPR value may be applied for both slots in the subframe

A-MPR = CEIL {M_A, 0.5}

Where M_Ais defined as follows_:

M_A = -22.5 A + 17 ; 0 ≤ A < 0.20

-11.0 A + 14.7 ; 0.20 ≤ A < 0.70

-1.7 A + 8.2 ; 0.70 ≤ A ≤ 1

Where A = N_{RB_alloc} / N_{RB_agg}

The normative reference for requirement is in TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.2.4A.

6.2.4A.1_1.3.2 A-MPR for CA_NS_02 for CA_1C

Table 6.2.4A.1_1.3.2-1: Contiguous allocation A-MPR for CA_NS_02

CA_1C: CA_NS_02	RB_end	L_CRB [RBs]	A-MPR for 64-QAM [dB]
100 RB / 100 RB	0 –20	> 0	≤ 4 dB
	21 – 46	> 0	≤ 3 dB
	47 – 99	> RB_end – 20	≤ 3 dB
	100 – 184	> 75	≤ 6 dB
	185 – 199	> 0	≤ 10 dB
75 RB / 75 RB	0 – 48	> 0	≤ 2 dB
	49 – 80	> RB_end – 20	≤ 3 dB
	81 – 129	> 60	≤ 5 dB
	130 – 149	> 85	≤ 6 dB
	130 – 149	1 – 84	≤ 2 dB

A-MPR = CEIL {M_A, 0.5}

Where M_Ais defined as follows

[M_A = -22.5 A + 17 ; 0 ≤ A < 0.20

-11.0 A + 14.7 ; 0.20 ≤ A < 0.70

-1.7 A + 8.2 ; 0.70 ≤ A ≤ 1]

Where A = N_{RB_alloc} / N_{RB_agg.}

6.2.4A.1_1.3.3 A-MPR for CA_NS_03 for CA_1C

Table 6.2.4A.1_1.3.3-1: Contiguous allocation A-MPR for CA_NS_03

CA_1C: CA_NS_03	RB_end	L_CRB [RBs]	A-MPR for 64-QAM [dB]
100 RB / 100 RB	0 – 26	> 0	≤ 10 dB
	27 – 63	≥ RB_end – 27	≤ 6 dB
	27 – 63	< RB_end – 27	≤ 1 dB
	64 – 100	> RB_end – 20	≤ 4 dB
	101 – 171	> 68	≤ 7 dB
	172 – 199	> 0	≤ 10 dB
75 RB / 75 RB	0 – 20	> 0	≤ 10 dB
	21 – 45	> 0	≤ 4 dB
	46 – 75	> RB_end – 13	≤ 2 dB
	76 – 95	> 45	≤ 5 dB
	96 – 149	> 43	≤ 8 dB
	120 – 149	1 – 43	≤ 6 dB

A-MPR = CEIL {M_A, 0.5}

Where M_Ais defined as follows

[M_A = -23.33A + 17.5 ; 0 ≤ A < 0.15

-7.65A + 15.15 ; 0.15 ≤ A ≤ 1]

Where A = N_{RB_alloc} / N_{RB_agg.}

6.2.4A.1_1.3.4 A-MPR for CA_NS_04 for CA_41C

Table 6.2.4A.1_1.3.4-1: Contiguous Allocation A-MPR for CA_NS_04

CA Bandwidth Class C	RB_Start	L_CRB [RBs]	RB_start+ L_CRB [RBs]	A-MPR for 64-QAM [dB]
50RB / 100 RB	0 – 44 and 105 – 149	>0	N/A	≤4dB
50RB / 100 RB	45 – 104	N/A	>105	≤4dB
75 RB / 75 RB	0 – 44 and 105 – 149	>0	N/A	≤4dB
75 RB / 75 RB	45 – 104	N/A	>105	≤4dB
100 RB / 75 RB	0 – 49 and 125 – 174	>0	N/A	≤4dB
100 RB / 75 RB	50 – 124	N/A	>125	≤4dB
100 RB / 100 RB	0 – 59 and 140 – 199	>0	N/A	≤4dB
100 RB / 100 RB	60– 139	N/A	>140	≤4dB
NOTE 1: RBstart indicates the lowest RB index of transmitted resource blocks NOTE 2: LCRB is the length of a contiguous resource block allocation NOTE 3: For intra-subframe frequency hopping which intersects regions, notes 1 and 2 apply on a per slot basis NOTE 4: For intra-subframe frequency hopping which intersects regions, the larger A-MPR value may be applied for both slots in the subframe

A-MPR = CEIL {M_A, 0.5}

Where M_Ais defined as follows

M_A = 10.5, 0≤ A < 0.05

= -50.0A + 13.00, 0.05≤ A < 0.15

= -4.0A + 6.10, 0.15≤ A < 0.40

= -0.83A + 4.83, 0.40 ≤ A ≤ 1

Where A = N_{RB_alloc} / N_{RB_agg.}

6.2.4A.1_1.3.5 A-MPR for CA_NS_05 for CA_38C

Table 6.2.4A.1_1.3.5-1: Contiguous Allocation A-MPR for CA_NS_05

CA_38C	RB_end	L_CRB [RBs]	A-MPR for 64-QAM [dB]
100RB/100RB	0 – 12	>0	≤ 5 dB
	13 – 79	> RB_end – 13	≤ 2 dB
	80 – 180	>60	≤ 6 dB
	181 – 199	> 0	≤ 11 dB
75RB/75RB	0 – 70	> max(0, RB_end -10)	≤ 2 dB
	71- 108	> 60	≤ 5 dB
	109 – 140	>0	≤ 5 dB
	140 – 149	≤ 70	≤ 2 dB
	140 – 149	>70	≤ 6 dB
NOTE 1: RB_end indicates the highest RB index of transmitted resource blocks NOTE 2: L_CRB is the length of a contiguous resource block allocation NOTE 3: For intra-subframe frequency hopping which intersects regions, notes 1 and 2 apply on a per slot basis NOTE 4: For intra-subframe frequency hopping which intersects regions, the larger A-MPR value may be applied for both slots in the subframe

A-MPR = CEIL {M_A, 0.5}

Where MA is defined as follows

M_A = -14.17 A + 16.50 ; 0 ≤ A < 0.60

-2.50 A + 9.50 ; 0.60 ≤ A ≤ 1

Where A = N_{RB_alloc} / N_{RB_agg.}

6.2.4A.1_1.3.6 A-MPR for CA_NS_06 for CA_7C

Table 6.2.4A.1_1.3.6-1: Contiguous Allocation A-MPR for CA_NS_06

CA Bandwidth Class C	RB_end	L_CRB [RBs]	A-MPR for 64-QAM [dB]
100RB/100RB	0 –22	>0	≤ 4 dB
	23 – 99	> max(0,RB_end – 25)	≤ 2 dB
	100 – 142	> 75	≤ 3 dB
	143 – 177	>70	≤ 5 dB
	178 – 199	> 0	≤ 10 dB
75RB/75RB	0 – 7	>0	≤ 5 dB
	8- 74	> max(0,RB_end – 10)	≤ 2 dB
	75 – 109	>64	≤ 2 dB
	110 – 144	>35	≤ 6 dB
	145 – 149	>0	≤ 10 dB
50RB/100RB and 100RB/50RB	0 – 10	> 0	≤ 5 dB
	11 – 75	> max(0, RB_End – 25)	≤ 2 dB
	76 – 103	> 50	≤ 3 dB
	104 – 144	> 25	≤ 6 dB
	145 – 149	> 0	≤ 10 dB
75RB/100RB and 100RB/75RB	0 – 15	> 0	≤ 5 dB
	16 – 75	> max(0, RB_End – 15)	≤ 2 dB
	76 – 120	> 50	≤ 3 dB
	121 – 160	> 50	≤ 6 dB
	161 – 174	> 0	≤ 10 dB

A-MPR = CEIL {M_A, 0.5}

Where M_Ais defined as follows

M_A = -23.33A + 17.5 ; 0 ≤ A < 0.15

-7.65A + 15.15 ; 0.15 ≤ A ≤ 1

Where A = N_{RB_alloc} / N_{RB_agg.}

6.2.4A.1_1.3.7 A-MPR for CA_NS_07 for CA_39C

Table 6.2.4A.1_1.3.7-1: Contiguous Allocation A-MPR for CA_NS_07

CA_39C: CA_NS_07	RB_Start	L_CRB [RBs]	A-MPR for 64-QAM [dB]
75 RB / 100 RB and 100 RB / 75 RB	0 – 13	> 0	≤ 11
	14 – 50	≤ 60	≤ 3
	14 – 100	> 60	≤ 7
	101 – 155	> max(155 – RBstart , 0)	≤ 2
	156 – 174	> 0	≤ 5
50 RB / 100 RB and 100 RB / 50 RB	0 – 5	> 0	≤ 11
	6 – 42	≤ 25	≤ 3
	6 – 42	> 25	≤ 6
	43 – 80	> 50	≤ 5
	81 – 138	> 20	≤ 2
	139 – 149	> 0	≤ 5
25 RB / 100 RB and 100 RB / 25 RB	0 – 32	≥ 84	≤ 6
	0 – 32	< 84	≤ 4
	33 – 60	> 50	≤ 3
	61 – 124	> 20	≤ 3

A-MPR = CEIL {M_A, 0.5}

Where M_Ais defined as follows

M_A = -16.25A + 21 ; 0 ≤ A < 0.80

-2.50 A + 10.00 ; 0.80 ≤ A ≤ 1

Where A = N_{RB_alloc} / N_{RB_agg}

6.2.4A.1_1.3.8 A-MPR for CA_NS_08 for CA_42C

If the UE is configured to CA_42C and it receives IE CA_NS_08 the allowed maximum output power reduction applied to transmission on the PCC and the SCC for contiguously aggregated signals is specified in Table 6.2.4A.1_1.3.8-1.

Table 6.2.4A.1_1.3.8-1: Contiguous Allocation A-MPR for CA_NS_08

CA_42C: CA_NS_08	RB_Start	L_CRB [RBs]	A-MPR for 64-QAM[dB]
100RB/100RB	–	–	TBD
75 RB / 100 RB and 100 RB / 75 RB	–	–	TBD
50 RB / 100 RB and 100 RB / 50 RB	–	–	TBD
25 RB / 100 RB and 100 RB / 25 RB	–	–	TBD

6.2.4A.1_1.4 Test description

6.2.4A.1_1.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and CC combinations based on E‑UTRA CA configurations specified in table 5.4.2A.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each CA Configuration, and are shown in table 6.2.4A.1_1.4.1-1 to 6.2.4A.1_1.4.1-7. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexe A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.2.4A.1_1.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "CA_NS_01")

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1						NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes, and PCC and SCCs are mapped onto physical frequencies according to Table 6.1-2.						C: Low and High range
Test CC Combination setting (N_{RB_agg}) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.						As in Table 6.2.4A.1_1.3.1-1
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
ID	CA Configuration / N_{RB_agg}		DL Allocation (PDCCH on PCC)	CC MOD	UL Allocation
ID	PCC N_RB	SCCs N_RB	PCC & SCC RB allocation	CC MOD	N_{RB_alloc}		PCC & SCC RB allocations (L_CRB @ RB_start)
1	75	75	N/A	64QAM	1		P_1@0	S_0@0
2	75	75		64QAM	150		P_75@0	S_75@0
3	75	75		64QAM	45		P_45@7	S_0@0
4	75	75		64QAM	8		P_0@0	S_8@67
5	75	75		64QAM	129		P_75@0	S_54@0
6	75	75		64QAM	2		P_1@0	S_1@74
7	100	100		64QAM	200		P_100@0	S_100@0
8	100	100		64QAM	1		P_1@0	S_0@0
9	100	100		64QAM	175		P_75@25	S_100@0
10	100	100		64QAM	25		P_0@0	S_25@75
11	100	100		64QAM	64		P_64@24	S_0@0
12	100	100		64QAM	2		P_1@0	S_1@99
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1.

Table 6.2.4A.1_1.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "CA_NS_02")

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1						NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes, and PCC and SCCs are mapped onto physical frequencies according to Table 6.1-2.						C: Low and High range
Test CC Combination setting (N_{RB_agg}) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.						As in Table 6.2.4A.1_1.3.2-1
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
ID	CA Configuration / N_{RB_agg}		DL Allocation (PDCCH on PCC)	CC MOD	UL Allocation
ID	PCC N_RB	SCCs N_RB	PCC & SCC RB allocation	CC MOD	N_{RB_alloc}		PCC & SCC RB allocations (L_CRB @ RB_start)
1	75	75	N/A	64QAM	1		P_1@0	S_0@0
2	75	75		64QAM	75		P_75@0	S_0@0
3	75	75		64QAM	129		P_75@0	S_54@0
4	75	75		64QAM	129		P_54@21	S_75@0
5	75	75		64QAM	1		P_0@0	S_1@74
6	75	75		64QAM	1		P_0@0	S_1@54
7	75	75		64QAM	2		P_1@0	S_1@74
8	100	100		64QAM	1		P_1@0	S_0@0
9	100	100		64QAM	1		P_1@21	S_0@0
10	100	100		64QAM	90		P_90@0	S_0@0
11	100	100		64QAM	180		P_100@0	S_80@0
12	100	100		64QAM	1		P_0@0	S_1@99
13	100	100		64QAM	1		P_0@0	S_1@83
14	100	100		64QAM	2		P_1@0	S_1@99
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1.

Table 6.2.4A.1_1.4.1-3: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "CA_NS_03")

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1						NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes, and PCC and SCCs are mapped onto physical frequencies according to Table 6.1-2.						C: Low and High range
Test CC Combination setting (N_{RB_agg}) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.						As in Table 6.2.4A.1_1.3.3-1
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
ID	CA Configuration / N_{RB_agg}		DL Allocation (PDCCH on PCC)	CC MOD	UL Allocation
ID	PCC N_RB	SCCs N_RB	PCC & SCC RB allocation	CC MOD	N_{RB_alloc}		PCC & SCC RB allocations (L_CRB @ RB_start)
1	75	75	N/A	64QAM	1		P_1@0	S_0@0
2	75	75		64QAM	1		P_1@21	S_0@0
3	75	75		64QAM	75		P_75@0	S_0@0
4	75	75		64QAM	90		P_75@0	S_15@0
5	75	75		64QAM	150		P_75@0	S_75@0
6	75	75		64QAM	1		P_0@0	S_1@74
7	75	75		64QAM	1		P_0@0	S_1@44
8	75	75		64QAM	2		P_1@0	S_1@74
9	100	100		64QAM	1		P_1@0	S_0@0
10	100	100		64QAM	60		P_60@0	S_0@0
11	100	100		64QAM	1		P_1@63	S_0@0
12	100	100		64QAM	90		P_90@0	S_0@0
13	100	100		64QAM	164		P_100@0	S_64@0
14	100	100		64QAM	1		P_0@0	S_1@99
15	100	100		64QAM	1		P_0@0	S_1@70
16	100	100		64QAM	2		P_1@0	S_1@99
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1.

Table 6.2.4A.1_1.4.1-4: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "CA_NS_04")

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1						NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes, and PCC and SCCs are mapped onto physical frequencies according to Table 6.1-2.						C: Low and High range
Test CC Combination setting (N_{RB_agg}) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.						As in Table 6.2.4A.1_1.3.4-1
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
ID	CA Configuration / N_{RB_agg}		DL Allocation (PDCCH on PCC)	CC MOD	UL Allocation
ID	PCC N_RB	SCCs N_RB	PCC & SCC RB allocation	CC MOD	N_{RB_alloc}		PCC & SCC RB allocations (L_CRB @ RB_start)
1	100	50	N/A	64QAM	10		P_10@20	S_0@0
2	100	50		64QAM	60		P_50@50	S_10@0
3	100	50		64QAM	15		P_0@0	S_15@0
4	100	50		64QAM	2		P_1@0	S_1@49
5	75	75		64QAM	10		P_10@20	S_0@0
6	75	75		64QAM	75		P_30@45	S_45@0
7	75	75		64QAM	2		P_1@0	S_1@74
8	100	75		64QAM	10		P_10@20	S_0@0
9	100	75		64QAM	80		P_50@50	S_30@0
10	100	75		64QAM	20		P_0@0	S_20@15
11	100	75		64QAM	2		P_1@0	S_1@74
12	100	100		64QAM	10		P_10@25	S_0@0
13	100	100		64QAM	90		P_40@60	S_50@0
14	100	100		64QAM	15		P_0@0	S_15@40
15	100	100		64QAM	20		P_0@0	S_20@30
16	100	100		64QAM	2		P_1@0	S_1@99
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1.

Table 6.2.4A.1_1.4.1-5: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "CA_NS_05")

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1						NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes, and PCC and SCCs are mapped onto physical frequencies according to Table 6.1-2.						C: Low and High range
Test CC Combination setting (N_{RB_agg}) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.						As in Table 6.2.4A.1_1.3.5-1
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
ID	CA Configuration / N_{RB_agg}		DL Allocation (PDCCH on PCC)	CC MOD	UL Allocation
ID	PCC N_RB	SCCs N_RB	PCC & SCC RB allocation	CC MOD	N_{RB_alloc}		PCC & SCC RB allocations (L_CRB @ RB_start)
1	75	75	N/A	64QAM	40		P_40@0	S_0@0
2	75	75		64QAM	80		P_50@25	S_30@0
3	75	75		64QAM	60		P_10@65	S_50@0
4	75	75		64QAM	65		P_1@74	S_64@0
5	75	75		64QAM	92		P_20@55	S_72@0
6	75	75		64QAM	2		P_1@0	S_1@74
7	100	100		64QAM	8		P_8@0	S_0@0
8	100	100		64QAM	40		P_40@0	S_0@0
9	100	100		64QAM	80		P_50@50	S_30@0
10	100	100		64QAM	150		P_60@40	S_90@0
11	100	100		64QAM	2		P_1@0	S_1@99
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1.

Table 6.2.4A.1_1.4.1-6: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "CA_NS_06")

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1						NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes, and PCC and SCCs are mapped onto physical frequencies according to Table 6.1-2.						C: Low and High range
Test CC Combination setting (N_{RB_agg}) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration						As in Table 6.2.4A.1_1.3.6-1
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
ID	CA Configuration / N_{RB_agg}		DL Allocation (PDCCH on PCC)	CC MOD	UL Allocation
ID	PCC N_RB	SCCs N_RB	PCC & SCC RB allocation	CC MOD	N_{RB_alloc}		PCC & SCC RB allocations (L_CRB @ RB_start)
1	75	75	N/A	64QAM	5		P_5@0	S_0@0
2	75	75		64QAM	45		P_45@0	S_0@0
3	75	75		64QAM	75		P_60@15	S_15@0
4	75	75		64QAM	60		P_10@65	S_50@0
5	75	75		64QAM	90		P_18@57	S_72@0
6	75	75		64QAM	2		P_1@0	S_1@74
7	100	100		64QAM	10		P_10@0	S_0@0
8	100	100		64QAM	30		P_30@0	S_0@0
9	100	100		64QAM	100		P_75@25	S_25@0
10	100	100		64QAM	90		P_40@60	S_50@0
11	100	100		64QAM	96		P_15@85	S_81@0
12	100	100		64QAM	2		P_1@0	S_1@99
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1.

Table 6.2.4A.1_1.4.1-7: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "CA_NS_07")

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1						NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes, and PCC and SCCs are mapped onto physical frequencies according to Table 6.1-2.						C: Low and High range
Test CC Combination setting (N_{RB_agg}) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration						As in Table 6.2.4A.1_1.3.7-1
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
ID	CA Configuration / N_{RB_agg}		DL Allocation (PDCCH on PCC)	CC MOD	UL Allocation
ID	PCC N_RB	SCCs N_RB	PCC & SCC RB allocation	CC MOD	N_{RB_ alloc}		PCC & SCC RB allocations (L_CRB @ RB_start)
1	100	25	N/A	64QAM	1		P_1@0	S_0@0
2	100	25		64QAM	85		P_80@20	S_5@0
3	100	25		64QAM	65		P_60@40	S_5@0
4	100	25		64QAM	35		P_30@70	S_5@0
5	100	25		64QAM	2		P_1@0	S_1@24
6	100	50		64QAM	1		P_1@1	S_0@0
7	100	50		64QAM	10		P_10@30	S_0@0
8	100	50		64QAM	30		P_30@30	S_0@0
9	100	50		64QAM	60		P_40@60	S_20@0
10	100	50		64QAM	30		P_10@90	S_20@0
11	100	50		64QAM	5		P_0@0	S_5@45
12	100	50		64QAM	2		P_1@0	S_1@49
13	100	75		64QAM	1		P_1@1	S_0@0
14	100	75		64QAM	40		P_40@20	S_0@0
15	100	75		64QAM	85		P_80@20	S_5@0
16	100	75		64QAM	40		P_0@0	S_40@20
17	100	75		64QAM	15		P_0@0	S_15@60
18	100	75		64QAM	2		P_1@0	S_1@74
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1

Table 6.2.4A.1_1.4.1-8: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "CA_NS_08")

[Table 6.2.4A.1_1.4.1-8 TBD]

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A Figure group A.32 as appropriate.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL Reference Measurement channel is set according to the applicable table from Table 6.2.4A.1_1.4.1-1 to 6.2.4A.1_1.4.1-7.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.2.4A.1_1.4.3.

6.2.4A.1_1.4.2 Test procedure

Same test procedure as in clause 6.2.4A.1.4.2

6.2.4A.1_1.4.3 Message contents

Same message contents as in clause 6.2.4A.1.4.3.

6.2.4A.1_1.5 Test requirements

The maximum output power, derived in step 3 shall be within the range prescribed by the nominal maximum output power and tolerance in the applicable table from Table 6.2.4A.1_1.5-1 to Table 6.2.4A.1_1.5-7. For uplink QPSK or 16QAM, the allowed maximum output power reduction is specified in Table 6.2.4A.1_1.3-1 and clause 6.2.3A.1 does not apply, i.e. carrier aggregation MPR = 0. For uplink 64QAM, the applied maximum output power reduction is obtained by taking the maximum value of MPR requirements specified in Table 6.2.3A.1_1.3-1 and A-MPR requirements specified in Table 6.2.4A.1_1.3-1. For the UE maximum output power modified by MPR specified in Table 6.2.3A.1_1.3-1 or A-MPR specified in Table 6.2.4A.1_1.3-1, the power limits specified in Table 6.2.5A.1.3-1 apply.

Table 6.2.4A.1_1.5-1: Test requirement (network signalled value "CA_NS_01")

Configuration ID	Class 1 (dBm)	Tol. (dB)	Class 2 (dBm)	Tol. (dB)	Class 3 (dBm)	Tol. (dB)
1					23	+2.7 / -17.7
2					23	+2.7 / -11.7
3					23	+2.7 / -9.7
4					23	+2.7 / -4.7
5					23	+2.7 / -11.7
6					23	+2.7 / -24.7
7					23	+2.7 / -18.7
8					23	+2.7 / -18.7
9					23	+2.7 / -11.7
10					23	+2.7 / -9.7
11					23	+2.7 / -6.2
12					23	+2.7 / -24.7
Note 1: Lower limit is assuming ΔT_IB,c is zero. If non-zero, P_CMAX,c will decrease and T(P_{CMAX_L,c}) may be higher resulting in different test requirements according to Table 6.2.5A.1.3-1.

Table 6.2.4A.1_1.5-2: Test requirement (network signalled value "CA_NS_02")

Configuration ID	Class 1 (dBm)	Tol. (dB)	Class 2 (dBm)	Tol. (dB)	Class 3 (dBm)	Tol. (dB)
1					23	+2.7 / -4.7
2					23	+2.7 / -6.2
3					23	+2.7 / -9.7
4					23	+2.7 / -11.7
5					23	+2.7 / -4.7
6					23	+2.7 / -4.7
7					23	+2.7 / -24.7
8					23	+2.7 / -8.2
9					23	+2.7 / -6.2
10					23	+2.7 / -6.2
11					23	+2.7 / -11.7
12					23	+2.7 / -15.7
13					23	+2.7 / -4.7
14					23	+2.7 / -24.7
Note 1: Lower limit is assuming ΔT_IB,c is zero. If non-zero, P_CMAX,c will decrease and T(P_{CMAX_L,c}) may be higher resulting in different test requirements according to Table 6.2.5A.1.3-1.

Table 6.2.4A.1_1.5-3: Test requirement (network signalled value "CA_NS_03")

Configuration ID	Class 1 (dBm)	Tol. (dB)	Class 2 (dBm)	Tol. (dB)	Class 3 (dBm)	Tol. (dB)
1					23	+2.7 / -15.7
2					23	+2.7 / -8.2
3					23	+2.7 / -6.2
4					23	+2.7 / -9.7
5					23	+2.7 / -13.7
6					23	+2.7 / -11.7
7					23	+2.7 / -4.7
8					23	+2.7 / -25.2
9					23	+2.7 / -15.7
10					23	+2.7 / -11.7
11					23	+2.7 / -4.7
12					23	+2.7 / -8.2
13					23	+2.7 / -12.7
14					23	+2.7 / -15.7
15					23	+2.7 / -4.7
16					23	+2.7 / -25.2
Note 1: Lower limit is assuming ΔT_IB,c is zero. If non-zero, P_CMAX,c will decrease and T(P_{CMAX_L,c}) may be higher resulting in different test requirements according to Table 6.2.5A.1.3-1.

Table 6.2.4A.1_1.5-4: Test requirement (network signalled value "CA_NS_04")

Configuration ID	Class 1 (dBm)	Tol. (dB)	Class 2 (dBm)	Tol. (dB)	Class 3 (dBm)	Tol. (dB)
1					23	+2.7 / -8.2
2					23	+2.7 / -8.2
3					23	+2.7 / -8.2
4					23	+2.7 / -18.7
5					23	+2.7 / -8.2
6					23	+2.7 / -8.2
7					23	+2.7 / -18.7
8					23	+2.7 / -8.2
9					23	+2.7 / -8.2
10					23	+2.7 / -8.2
11					23	+2.7 / -18.7
12					23	+2.7 / -8.2
13					23	+2.7 / -8.2
14					23	+2.7 / -8.2
15					23	+2.7 / -8.2
16					23	+2.7 / -18.7
Note 1: Lower limit is assuming ΔT_IB,c is zero. If non-zero, P_CMAX,c will decrease and T(P_{CMAX_L,c}) may be higher resulting in different test requirements according to Table 6.2.5A.1.3-1.

Table 6.2.4A.1_1.5-5: Test requirement (network signalled value "CA_NS_05")

Configuration ID	Class 1 (dBm)	Tol. (dB)	Class 2 (dBm)	Tol. (dB)	Class 3 (dBm)	Tol. (dB)
1					23	+2.7 / -6.2
2					23	+2.7 / -9.7
3					23	+2.7 / -9.7
4					23	+2.7 / -9.7
5					23	+2.7 / -11.7
6					23	+2.7 / -24.2
7					23	+2.7 / -9.7
8					23	+2.7 / -6.2
9					23	+2.7 / -11.7
10					23	+2.7 / -17.7
11					23	+2.7 / -24.2
Note 1: Lower limit is assuming ΔT_IB,c is zero. If non-zero, P_CMAX,c will decrease and T(P_{CMAX_L,c}) may be higher resulting in different test requirements according to Table 6.2.5A.1.3-1.

Table 6.2.4A.1_1.5-6: Test requirement (network signalled value "CA_NS_06")

Configuration ID	Class 1 (dBm)	Tol. (dB)	Class 2 (dBm)	Tol. (dB)	Class 3 (dBm)	Tol. (dB)
1					23	+2.7 / -12.2
2					23	+2.7 / -6.2
3					23	+2.7 / -6.2
4					23	+2.7 / -11.7
5					23	+2.7 / -15.7
6					23	+2.7 / -26.7
7					23	+2.7 / -11.2
8					23	+2.7 / -6.2
9					23	+2.7 / -6.2
10					23	+2.7 / -9.7
11					23	+2.7 / -15.7
12					23	+2.7 / -26.7
Note 1: Lower limit is assuming ΔT_IB,c is zero. If non-zero, P_CMAX,c will decrease and T(P_{CMAX_L,c}) may be higher resulting in different test requirements according to Table 6.2.5A.1.3-1.

Table 6.2.4A.1_1.5-7: Test requirement (network signalled value "CA_NS_07")

Configuration ID	Class 1 (dBm)	Tol. (dB)	Class 2 (dBm)	Tol. (dB)	Class 3 (dBm)	Tol. (dB)
1					23	+2.7 / -8.2
2					23	+2.7 / -11.7
3					23	+2.7 / -6.2
4					23	+2.7 / -6.2
5					23	+2.7 / -28.7
6					23	+2.7 / -17.7
7					23	+2.7 / -6.2
8					23	+2.7 / -11.7
9					23	+2.7 / -9.7
10					23	+2.7 / -6.2
11					23	+2.7 / -9.7
12					23	+2.7 / -28.7
13					23	+2.7 / -17.7
14					23	+2.7 / -6.2
15					23	+2.7 / -12.7
16					23	+2.7 / -6.2
17					23	+2.7 / -9.7
18					23	+2.7 / -28.7
Note 1: Lower limit is assuming ΔT_IB,c is zero. If non-zero, P_CMAX,c will decrease and T(P_{CMAX_L,c}) may be higher resulting in different test requirements according to Table 6.2.5A.1.3-1.

6.2.4A.1_2 Additional Maximum Power Reduction (A-MPR) for CA (intra-band contiguous DL CA and UL CA) for UL 256QAM

Editor’s notes: Minimum requirements for CA_NS_08 and CA_NS_09 for this test case are defined in TS 36.101, but test point selection for test case 6.2.4A.1 – hereupon test point selection for test case 6.2.4A.1_2 is based – is still outstanding.

6.2.4A.1_2.1 Test purpose

Same test purpose as in clause 6.2.4A.1.1.

6.2.4A.1_2.2 Test applicability

The requirements of this test apply in test case 6.6.2.2A.1_2 Additional Spectrum Emission Mask for CA (intra-band contiguous DL CA and UL CA) for network signalled value CA_NS_04 and NS_09 to all types of E-UTRA UE from release 14 and forward that support intra-band contiguous DL CA, UL CA and UL 256QAM.

The requirements of this test apply in test case 6.6.3.3A.1_2 Additional spurious emissions for CA (intra-band contiguous DL CA and UL CA) for network signalled values CA_NS_01, CA_NS_02, CA_NS_03, CA_NS_05, CA_NS_06, CA_NS_07 and CA_NS_08 to all types of E-UTRA UE from release 14 and forward that support intra-band contiguous DL CA, UL CA and UL 256QAM.

NOTE: As a result TC 6.2.4A.1_2 has not been included in the test case applicability table 4.1-1, TS 36.521-2. This does not preclude the test from being used for R&D or other purposes if deemed useful.

6.2.4A.1_2.3 Minimum conformance requirements

For intra-band contiguous aggregation with the UE configured for transmissions on two serving cells, the maximum output power reduction specified in Table 6.2.4A.1_2.3-1 is allowed for all serving cells of the applicable uplink CA configurations according to the CA network signalling value indicated by the field additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10. Then clause 6.2.3A.1.3 does not apply, i.e. the carrier aggregation MPR = 0dB, unless the value indicated is CA_NS_31. For uplink 64 QAM and 256 QAM, the applied maximum output power reduction is obtained by taking the maximum value of MPR requirements specified in Table 6.2.3A.1_1.3-1 and A-MPR requirements specified in Table 6.2.4A.1_2.3-1.

For the UE maximum output power modified by A-MPR specified in table 6.2.4A.1_2.3-1, the power limits specified in subclause 6.2.5A.1.3 apply.

Table 6.2.4A.1_2.3-1: Additional Maximum Power Reduction (A-MPR) for intra-band contiguous CA

CA Network Signalling value	Requirements (subclause)	Uplink CA Configuration	A-MPR [dB] (subclause)
CA_NS_01	6.6.3.3A.1.3.1	CA_1C	6.2.4A.1_2.3.1
CA_NS_02	6.6.3.3A.1.3.2	CA_1C	6.2.4A.1_2.3.2
CA_NS_03	6.6.3.3A.1.3.3	CA_1C	6.2.4A.1_2.3.3
CA_NS_04	6.6.2.2A.1.3.1	CA_41C	6.2.4A.1_2.3.4
CA_NS_05	6.6.3.3A.1.3.4	CA_38C	6.2.4A.1_2.3.5
CA_NS_06	6.6.3.3A.1.3.5	CA_7C	6.2.4A.1_2.3.6
CA_NS_07	6.6.3.3A.1.3.6	CA_39C	6.2.4A.1_2.3.7
CA_NS_08	6.6.3.3A.1.3.7	CA_42C	6.2.4A.1_2.3.8
CA_NS_09	6.6.2.2.3.1	CA_66B	6.2.4A.1_2.3.9
CA_NS_09	6.6.2.2A.1.3.2	CA_66C	6.2.4A.1_2.3.9
…
CA_NS_31	NOTE 1	Table 5.4.2A.1-1 (NOTE 1)	N/A
CA_NS_32	Reserved
NOTE 1: Applicable for uplink CA configurations listed in Table 5.4.2A.1-1 for which none of the additional requirements in subclauses 6.6.2.2A or 6.6.3.3A apply. NOTE 2: The index of the sequence CA_NS corresponds to the value of additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10.

For PUCCH and SRS transmissions, the allowed A-MPR is according to that specified for PUSCH QPSK modulation for the corresponding transmission bandwidth.

The normative reference for requirement is in TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.2.4A.

6.2.4A.1_2.3.1 A-MPR for CA_NS_01 for CA_1C

Table 6.2.4A.1_2.3.1-1: Contiguous allocation A-MPR for CA_NS_01

CA_1C: CA_NS_01	RB_start	L_CRB [RBs]	RB_start+ L_CRB [RBs]	A-MPR for QPSK, 16 QAM, 64 QAM and 256 QAM [dB]
100 RB / 100 RB	0 – 23 and 176 – 199	> 0	N/A	≤ 12.0
	24 – 105	> 64	N/A	≤ 6.0
	106 – 175	N/A	> 175	≤ 5.0
75 RB / 75 RB	0 – 6 and 143 – 149	0 < L_CRB≤ 10	N/A	≤ 11.0
	0 – 6 and 143 – 149	> 10	N/A	≤ 6.0
	7 – 90	> 44	N/A	≤ 5.0
	91 – 142	N/A	> 142	≤ 2.0
NOTE 1: RB_{_start} indicates the lowest RB index of transmitted resource blocks NOTE 2: L_{_CRB} is the length of a contiguous resource block allocation NOTE 3: For intra-subframe frequency hopping which intersects regions, notes 1 and 2 apply on a per slot basis. For intra-slot or intra-subslot frequency hopping which intersects regions, notes 1 and 2 apply on a per T_{no_hopping} basis. NOTE 4: For intra-subframe frequency hopping which intersects regions, the larger A-MPR value may be applied for both slots in the subframe. For intra-slot frequency hopping which intersects regions, the larger A-MPR value may be applied for the slot. For intra-subslot frequency hopping which intersects regions, the larger A-MPR value may be applied for the subslot.

A-MPR = CEIL {M_A, 0.5}

Where M_Ais defined as follows_:

M_A = -22.5 A + 17 ; 0 ≤ A < 0.20

-11.0 A + 14.7 ; 0.20 ≤ A < 0.70

-1.7 A + 8.2 ; 0.70 ≤ A ≤ 1

Where A = N_{RB_alloc} / N_{RB_agg}

6.2.4A.1_2.3.2 A-MPR for CA_NS_02 for CA_1C

Table 6.2.4A.1_2.3.2-1: Contiguous allocation A-MPR for CA_NS_02

CA_1C: CA_NS_02	RB_end	L_CRB [RBs]	A-MPR for QPSK, 16 QAM, 64 QAM and 256 QAM [dB]
100 RB / 100 RB	0 –20	> 0	≤ 4 dB
	21 – 46	> 0	≤ 3 dB
	47 – 99	> RB_end – 20	≤ 3 dB
	100 – 184	> 75	≤ 6 dB
	185 – 199	> 0	≤ 10 dB
75 RB / 75 RB	0 – 48	> 0	≤ 2 dB
	49 – 80	> RB_end – 20	≤ 3 dB
	81 – 129	> 60	≤ 5 dB
	130 – 149	> 84	≤ 6 dB
	130 – 149	1 – 84	≤ 2 dB

A-MPR = CEIL {M_A, 0.5}

Where M_Ais defined as follows

[M_A = -22.5 A + 17 ; 0 ≤ A < 0.20

-11.0 A + 14.7 ; 0.20 ≤ A < 0.70

-1.7 A + 8.2 ; 0.70 ≤ A ≤ 1]

Where A = N_{RB_alloc} / N_{RB_agg.}

6.2.4A.1_2.3.3 A-MPR for CA_NS_03 for CA_1C

Table 6.2.4A.1_2.3.3-1: Contiguous allocation A-MPR for CA_NS_03

CA_1C: CA_NS_03	RB_end	L_CRB [RBs]	A-MPR for QPSK, 16 QAM, 64 QAM and 256 QAM [dB]
100 RB / 100 RB	0 – 26	> 0	≤ 10 dB
	27 – 63	≥ RB_end – 27	≤ 6 dB
	27 – 63	< RB_end – 27	≤ 1 dB
	64 – 100	> RB_end – 20	≤ 4 dB
	101 – 171	> 68	≤ 7 dB
	172 – 199	> 0	≤ 10 dB
75 RB / 75 RB	0 – 20	> 0	≤ 10 dB
	21 – 45	> 0	≤ 4 dB
	46 – 75	> RB_end – 13	≤ 2 dB
	76 – 95	> 45	≤ 5 dB
	96 – 149	> 43	≤ 8 dB
	120 – 149	1 – 43	≤ 6 dB

A-MPR = CEIL {M_A, 0.5}

Where M_Ais defined as follows

[M_A = -23.33A + 17.5 ; 0 ≤ A < 0.15

-7.65A + 15.15 ; 0.15 ≤ A ≤ 1]

Where A = N_{RB_alloc} / N_{RB_agg.}

6.2.4A.1_2.3.4 A-MPR for CA_NS_04 for CA_41C

Table 6.2.4A.1_2.3.4-1: Contiguous Allocation A-MPR for CA_NS_04

CA Bandwidth Class C	RB_Start	L_CRB [RBs]	RB_start+ L_CRB [RBs]	A-MPR for QPSK [dB]	A-MPR for 16 QAM, 64 QAM and 256 QAM [dB]
25 RB / 100 RB	0 – 34 and 90 – 124	>0	N/A	≤3dB	≤3.5dB
25 RB / 100 RB	35 – 89	N/A	>90	≤1dB	≤2.5dB
50RB / 100 RB	0 – 44 and 105 – 149	>0	N/A	≤4dB	≤4dB
50RB / 100 RB	45 – 104	N/A	>105	≤3dB	≤4dB
75 RB / 75 RB	0 – 44 and 105 – 149	>0	N/A	≤4dB	≤4dB
75 RB / 75 RB	45 – 104	N/A	>105	≤4dB	≤4dB
100 RB / 75 RB	0 – 49 and 125 – 174	>0	N/A	≤4dB	≤4dB
100 RB / 75 RB	50 – 124	N/A	>125	≤3dB	≤4dB
100 RB / 100 RB	0 – 59 and 140 – 199	>0	N/A	≤3dB	≤4dB
100 RB / 100 RB	60– 139	N/A	>140	≤3dB	≤4dB
NOTE 1: RB_start indicates the lowest RB index of transmitted resource blocks NOTE 2: L_CRB is the length of a contiguous resource block allocation NOTE 3: For intra-subframe frequency hopping which intersects regions, notes 1 and 2 apply on a per slot basis. For intra-slot or intra-subslot frequency hopping which intersects regions, notes 1 and 2 apply on a per T_{no_hopping} basis.. NOTE 4: For intra-subframe frequency hopping which intersects regions, the larger A-MPR value may be applied for both slots in the subframe. For intra-slot frequency hopping which intersects regions, the larger A-MPR value may be applied for the slot. For intra-subslot frequency hopping which intersects regions, the larger A-MPR value may be applied for the subslot.

A-MPR = CEIL {M_A, 0.5}

Where M_Ais defined as follows

M_A = 11, 0≤ A < 0.05

= 55.0A + 13.75, 0.05≤ A < 0.15

= -4.0A + 6.10, 0.15≤ A < 0.40

= -0.83A + 4.83, 0.40 ≤ A ≤ 1

Where A = N_{RB_alloc} / N_{RB_agg.}

6.2.4A.1_2.3.5 A-MPR for CA_NS_05 for CA_38C

Table 6.2.4A.1_2.3.5-1: Contiguous Allocation A-MPR for CA_NS_05

CA_38C	RB_end	L_CRB [RBs]	A-MPR for QPSK, 16 QAM, 64 QAM and 256 QAM [dB]
100RB/100RB	0 – 12	>0	≤ 5 dB
	13 – 79	> RB_end – 13	≤ 2 dB
	80 – 180	>60	≤ 6 dB
	181 – 199	> 0	≤ 11 dB
75RB/75RB	0 – 70	> max (0, RB_end -10)	≤ 2 dB
	71- 108	> 60	≤ 5 dB
	109 – 139	>0	≤ 5 dB
	140 – 149	≤ 70	≤ 2 dB
	140 – 149	>70	≤ 6 dB
NOTE 1: RB_end indicates the highest RB index of transmitted resource blocks NOTE 2: L_CRB is the length of a contiguous resource block allocation NOTE 3: For intra-subframe frequency hopping which intersects regions, notes 1 and 2 apply on a per slot basis. For intra-slot or intra-subslot frequency hopping which intersects regions, notes 1 and 2 apply on a per T_{no_hopping} basis. NOTE 4: For intra-subframe frequency hopping which intersects regions, the larger A-MPR value may be applied for both slots in the subframe. For intra-slot frequency hopping which intersects regions, the larger A-MPR value may be applied for the slot. For intra-subslot frequency hopping which intersects regions, the larger A-MPR value may be applied for the subslot.

A-MPR = CEIL {M_A, 0.5}

Where MA is defined as follows

M_A = -14.17 A + 16.50 ; 0 ≤ A < 0.60

-2.50 A + 9.50 ; 0.60 ≤ A ≤ 1

Where A = N_{RB_alloc} / N_{RB_agg.}

6.2.4A.1_2.3.6 A-MPR for CA_NS_06 for CA_7C

Table 6.2.4A.1_2.3.6-1: Contiguous Allocation A-MPR for CA_NS_06

CA Bandwidth Class C	RB_end	L_CRB [RBs]	A-MPR for QPSK, 16 QAM, 64 QAM and 256 QAM [dB]
100RB/100RB	0 –22	>0	≤ 4 dB
	23 – 99	> max(0,RB_end – 25)	≤ 2 dB
	100 – 142	> 75	≤ 3 dB
	143 – 177	>70	≤ 5 dB
	178 – 199	> 0	≤ 10 dB
75RB/75RB	0 – 7	>0	≤ 5 dB
	8- 74	> max(0,RB_end – 10)	≤ 2 dB
	75 – 109	>64	≤ 2 dB
	110 – 144	>35	≤ 6 dB
	145 – 149	>0	≤ 10 dB
50RB/100RB and 100RB/50RB	0 – 10	> 0	≤ 5 dB
	11 – 75	> max(0, RB_End – 25)	≤ 2 dB
	76 – 103	> 50	≤ 3 dB
	104 – 144	> 25	≤ 6 dB
	145 – 149	> 0	≤ 10 dB
75RB/100RB and 100RB/75RB	0 – 15	> 0	≤ 5 dB
	16 – 75	> max(0, RB_End – 15)	≤ 2 dB
	76 – 120	> 50	≤ 3 dB
	121 – 160	> 50	≤ 6 dB
	161 – 174	> 0	≤ 10 dB

A-MPR = CEIL {M_A, 0.5}

Where M_Ais defined as follows

M_A = -13.33A + 17.5 ; 0 ≤ A < 0.15

-6.47A + 16.47 ; 0.15 ≤ A ≤ 1

Where A = N_{RB_alloc} / N_{RB_agg.}

6.2.4A.1_2.3.7 A-MPR for CA_NS_07 for CA_39C

Table 6.2.4A.1_2.3.7-1: Contiguous Allocation A-MPR for CA_NS_07

CA_39C: CA_NS_07	RB_Start	L_CRB [RBs]	A-MPR for QPSK, 16 QAM, 64 QAM and 256 QAM [dB]
75 RB / 100 RB and 100 RB / 75 RB	0 – 13	> 0	≤ 11
	14 – 50	≤ 60	≤ 3
	14 – 100	> 60	≤ 7
	101 – 155	> max(155 – RBstart , 0)	≤ 2
	156 – 174	> 0	≤ 5
50 RB / 100 RB and 100 RB / 50 RB	0 – 5	> 0	≤ 11
	6 – 42	≤ 25	≤ 3
	6 – 42	> 25	≤ 6
	43 – 80	> 50	≤ 5
	81 – 138	> 20	≤ 2
	139 – 149	> 0	≤ 5
25 RB / 100 RB and 100 RB / 25 RB	0 – 32	≥ 84	≤ 6
	0 – 32	< 84	≤ 4
	33 – 60	> 50	≤ 3
	61 – 124	> 20	≤ 3

A-MPR = CEIL {M_A, 0.5}

Where M_Ais defined as follows

M_A = -16.25A + 21 ; 0 ≤ A < 0.80

-2.50 A + 10.00 ; 0.80 ≤ A ≤ 1

Where A = N_{RB_alloc} / N_{RB_agg}

6.2.4A.1_2.3.8 A-MPR for CA_NS_08 for CA_42C

Table 6.2.4A.1_2.3.8-1: Contiguous Allocation A-MPR for CA_NS_08

CA_42C: CA_NS_08	RBstart	Condition	RBend	L_CRB [RBs]	A-MPR for QPSK, 16 QAM, 64 QAM and 256 QAM [dB]
100RB / 100RB	≤ 21	Or	≥ 178	≤ 25	≤ 12
	≤ 21	Or	≥ 178	> 25 and ≤ 80	≤ 6
	≥ 0	N/A	N/A	> 80 and ≤ 172	≤ 8
	≥ 0	N/A	N/A	> 172	≤ 9
	> 21 and ≤ 58	Or	≥ 141 and < 178	< 48	≤ 3
	> 21	And	< 178	≥ 48 and ≤ 80	≤ 4
100RB / 75RB And 75RB / 100RB	≤ 12	Or	≥ 162	≤ 25	≤ 12
	≤ 12	Or	≥ 162	> 25 and ≤ 75	≤ 6
	≥ 0	N/A	N/A	> 75 and <172	≤ 8
	≥ 0	N/A	N/A	≥172	9
	> 12 and ≤ 49	Or	≥ 125 and < 162	< 54	≤ 3
	> 12	And	< 162	≥ 54 and ≤75	≤ 5
	> 49	And	< 125	≥ 36 and < 54	≤ 2
75RB / 75RB and 100RB / 50RB And 50RB / 100RB	≤ 5	Or	≥ 144	≤ 16	≤ 12
	≤ 5	Or	≥ 144	> 16 and ≤ 61	≤ 6
	≥ 0	N/A	N/A	> 61	≤ 8
	> 5	And	< 144	≥ 36 and ≤ 61	≤ 5
	> 5 and ≤ 41	Or	≥ 108 and < 144	< 36	≤ 3
100RB / 25RB And 25RB / 100RB	≤ 31	Or	≥ 92	≤ 34	≤ 4
	≤ 31	Or	≥ 92	> 34 and ≤ 44	≤ 5
	≥ 0	N/A	N/A	> 44	≤ 8
NOTE 1: RB_start indicates the lowest RB index of transmitted resource blocks NOTE 2: L_CRB is the length of a contiguous resource block allocation NOTE 3: RB_end indicates the highest RB index of transmitted resource blocks NOTE 4: If condition is “and” both RB_startand RB_endconstraints need to be met. If condition is “or” either RB_startor RB_endconstraints need to be met NOTE 5: For intra-subframe frequency hopping which intersects regions, notes 1, 2, 3 and 4 apply on a per slot basis. For intra-slot or intra-subslot frequency hopping which intersects regions, notes 1,2,3 and 4 apply on a per T_{no_hopping} basis. NOTE 6: For intra-subframe frequency hopping which intersects regions, the larger A-MPR value may be applied for both slots in the subframe. For intra-slot frequency hopping which intersects regions, the larger A-MPR value may be applied for the slot. For intra-subslot frequency hopping which intersects regions, the larger A-MPR value may be applied for the subslot.

If the UE is configured to CA_42C and it receives IE CA_NS_08 the allowed maximum output power reduction applied to transmissions on the PCell and the SCell with non-contiguous resource allocation is defined as follows

A-MPR = CEIL {M_A, 0.5}

Where MA is defined as follows

MA = 20 ; 0 ≤ A < 0.025

23 – 120A ; 0.025 ≤ A < 0.05

17.53 – 10.59A ; 0.05 ≤ A ≤ 0.9

8 ; 0.9 ≤ A ≤ 1

Where A = N_{RB_alloc} / N_{RB_agg.}

6.2.4A.1_2.3.9 A-MPR for CA_NS_09 for CA_66B and 66C

If the UE is configured to CA_66B and it receives IE CA_NS_09 the allowed maximum output power reduction applied to transmission on the PCC and the SCC for contiguously aggregated signals is specified in Table 6.2.4A.1_2.3.9-1.

Table 6.2.4A.1_2.3.9-1: Contiguous Allocation A-MPR for CA_66B CA_NS_09

CA_66B: CA_NS_09	RBstart	Condition	RBend	L_CRB [RBs]	A-MPR for QPSK, 16 QAM, 64 QAM and 256 QAM [dB]
50RB / 50RB And 25RB /75RB	≤ 10	Or	≥ 90	≤ 10	≤ 4.8
	≥ 0	N/A	N/A	> 70	≤ 1.0
	≥ 15	And	≤ 85	> 10 and ≤ 70	≤ 4.0
25RB / 50RB And 50RB / 25RB	≤ 7	Or	≥ 68	≤ 7	≤ 4.6
	≥ 0	N/A	N/A	> 45	≤ 1.6
	≥ 7	And	≤ 59	> 7 and ≤ 52	≤ 1.9
25 RB / 25RB	≤ 5	Or	≥ 45	≤ 5	≤ 4.6
	≥ 0	N/A	N/A	> 35	≤ 1.4
	> 5	And	< 45	> 5 and ≤ 35	≤ 1.7
NOTE 1: RB_start indicates the lowest RB index of transmitted resource blocks NOTE 2: L_CRB is the length of a contiguous resource block allocation NOTE 3: RB_end indicates the highest RB index of transmitted resource blocks NOTE 4: If condition is “and” both RB_startand RB_endconstraints need to be met. If condition is “or” either RB_startor RB_endconstraints need to be met NOTE 5: For intra-subframe frequency hopping which intersects regions, notes 1, 2, 3 and 4 apply on a per slot basis. For intra-slot or intra-subslot frequency hopping which intersects regions, notes 1,2,3 and 4 apply on a per T_{no_hopping} basis. NOTE 6: For intra-subframe frequency hopping which intersects regions, the larger A-MPR value may be applied for both slots in the subframe. For intra-slot frequency hopping which intersects regions, the larger A-MPR value may be applied for the slot. For intra-subslot frequency hopping which intersects regions, the larger A-MPR value may be applied for the subslot.

If the UE is configured to CA_66C and it receives IE CA_NS_09 the allowed maximum output power reduction applied to transmission on the PCC and the SCC for contiguously aggregated signals is specified in Table 6.2.4A.1_2.3.9-2.

Table 6.2.4A.1_2.3.9-2: Contiguous Allocation A-MPR for CA_66C CA_NS_09

CA_66C: CA_NS_09	RBstart	Condition	RBend	L_CRB [RBs]	A-MPR for QPSK, 16 QAM, 64 QAM and 256 QAM [dB]
100RB / 100RB	≤ 21	Or	≥ 178	≤ 25	≤ 5.2
	≤ 21	Or	≥ 178	> 25 and ≤ 80	≤ 2.5
	≥ 0	N/A	N/A	> 80 and ≤ 172	≤ 1.3
	≥ 0	N/A	N/A	> 172	≤ 1.1
	> 21 and ≤ 58	Or	≥ 141 and < 178	< 48	≤ 2.3
	> 21	And	< 178	≥ 48 and ≤ 80	≤ 1.6
100RB / 75RB And 75RB / 100RB	≤ 12	Or	≥ 162	≤ 25	≤ 4.7
	≤ 12	Or	≥ 162	> 25 and ≤ 75	≤ 2.8
	≥ 0	N/A	N/A	> 75 and <172	≤ 1.0
	≥ 0	N/A	N/A	≥172	≤ 1.0
	> 12 and ≤ 49	Or	≥ 125 and < 162	< 54	≤ 4.8
	> 12	And	< 162	≥ 54 and ≤75	≤ 1.3
	> 49	And	< 125	≥ 36 and < 54	≤ 0
75RB / 75RB and 100RB / 50RB And 50RB / 100RB	≤ 5	Or	≤ 144	≤ 16	≤ 4.7
	≤ 5	Or	≤ 144	> 16 and ≤ 61	≤ 3.1
	≥ 0	N/A	N/A	> 61	≤ 1.7
	> 5	And	< 144	≥ 36 and ≤ 61	≤ 1.7
	> 5 and ≤ 41	Or	≥ 108 and < 144	< 36	≤ 4.6
100RB / 25RB And 25RB / 100RB	≤ 31	Or	≥ 92	≤ 34	≤ 4.6
	≤ 31	Or	≥ 92	> 34 and ≤ 44	≤ 1.2
	≥ 0	N/A	N/A	> 44	≤ 1.5
NOTE 1: RB_start indicates the lowest RB index of transmitted resource blocks NOTE 2: L_CRB is the length of a contiguous resource block allocation NOTE 3: RB_end indicates the highest RB index of transmitted resource blocks NOTE 4: If condition is “and” both RB_startand RB_endconstraints need to be met. If condition is “or” either RB_startor RB_endconstraints need to be met NOTE 5: For intra-subframe frequency hopping which intersects regions, notes 1, 2, 3 and 4 apply on a per slot basis. For intra-slot or intra-subslot frequency hopping which intersects regions, notes 1,2,3 and 4 apply on a per T_{no_hopping} basis. NOTE 6: For intra-subframe frequency hopping which intersects regions, the larger A-MPR value may be applied for both slots in the subframe. For intra-slot frequency hopping which intersects regions, the larger A-MPR value may be applied for the slot. For intra-subslot frequency hopping which intersects regions, the larger A-MPR value may be applied for the subslot.

6.2.4A.1_2.4 Test description

6.2.4A.1_2.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and CC combinations based on E‑UTRA CA configurations specified in table 5.4.2A.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each CA Configuration, and are shown in table 6.2.4A.1_2.4.1-1 to 6.2.4A.1_2.4.1-7. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexe A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.2.4A.1_2.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "CA_NS_01")

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1						NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes, and PCC and SCCs are mapped onto physical frequencies according to Table 6.1-2.						C: Low and High range
Test CC Combination setting (N_{RB_agg}) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.						As in Table 6.2.4A.1_2.3.1-1
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
ID	CA Configuration / N_{RB_agg}		DL Allocation (PDCCH on PCC)	CC MOD	UL Allocation
ID	PCC N_RB	SCCs N_RB	PCC & SCC RB allocation	CC MOD	N_{RB_alloc}		PCC & SCC RB allocations (L_CRB @ RB_start)
1	75	75	N/A	256QAM	1		P_1@0	S_0@0
2	75	75		256QAM	150		P_75@0	S_75@0
3	75	75		256QAM	45		P_45@7	S_0@0
4	75	75		256QAM	8		P_0@0	S_8@67
5	75	75		256QAM	129		P_75@0	S_54@0
6	75	75		256QAM	2		P_1@0	S_1@74
7	100	100		256QAM	200		P_100@0	S_100@0
8	100	100		256QAM	1		P_1@0	S_0@0
9	100	100		256QAM	175		P_75@25	S_100@0
10	100	100		256QAM	25		P_0@0	S_25@75
11	100	100		256QAM	64		P_64@24	S_0@0
12	100	100		256QAM	2		P_1@0	S_1@99
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1.

Table 6.2.4A.1_2.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "CA_NS_02")

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1						NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes, and PCC and SCCs are mapped onto physical frequencies according to Table 6.1-2.						C: Low and High range
Test CC Combination setting (N_{RB_agg}) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.						As in Table 6.2.4A.1_2.3.2-1
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
ID	CA Configuration / N_{RB_agg}		DL Allocation (PDCCH on PCC)	CC MOD	UL Allocation
ID	PCC N_RB	SCCs N_RB	PCC & SCC RB allocation	CC MOD	N_{RB_alloc}		PCC & SCC RB allocations (L_CRB @ RB_start)
1	75	75	N/A	256QAM	1		P_1@0	S_0@0
2	75	75		256QAM	75		P_75@0	S_0@0
3	75	75		256QAM	129		P_75@0	S_54@0
4	75	75		256QAM	129		P_54@21	S_75@0
5	75	75		256QAM	1		P_0@0	S_1@74
6	75	75		256QAM	1		P_0@0	S_1@54
7	75	75		256QAM	2		P_1@0	S_1@74
8	100	100		256QAM	1		P_1@0	S_0@0
9	100	100		256QAM	1		P_1@21	S_0@0
10	100	100		256QAM	90		P_90@0	S_0@0
11	100	100		256QAM	180		P_100@0	S_80@0
12	100	100		256QAM	1		P_0@0	S_1@99
13	100	100		256QAM	1		P_0@0	S_1@83
14	100	100		256QAM	2		P_1@0	S_1@99
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1.

Table 6.2.4A.1_2.4.1-3: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "CA_NS_03")

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1						NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes, and PCC and SCCs are mapped onto physical frequencies according to Table 6.1-2.						C: Low and High range
Test CC Combination setting (N_{RB_agg}) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.						As in Table 6.2.4A.1_2.3.3-1
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
ID	CA Configuration / N_{RB_agg}		DL Allocation (PDCCH on PCC)	CC MOD	UL Allocation
ID	PCC N_RB	SCCs N_RB	PCC & SCC RB allocation	CC MOD	N_{RB_alloc}		PCC & SCC RB allocations (L_CRB @ RB_start)
1	75	75	N/A	256QAM	1		P_1@0	S_0@0
2	75	75		256QAM	1		P_1@21	S_0@0
3	75	75		256QAM	75		P_75@0	S_0@0
4	75	75		256QAM	90		P_75@0	S_15@0
5	75	75		256QAM	150		P_75@0	S_75@0
6	75	75		256QAM	1		P_0@0	S_1@74
7	75	75		256QAM	1		P_0@0	S_1@44
8	75	75		256QAM	2		P_1@0	S_1@74
9	100	100		256QAM	1		P_1@0	S_0@0
10	100	100		256QAM	60		P_60@0	S_0@0
11	100	100		256QAM	1		P_1@63	S_0@0
12	100	100		256QAM	90		P_90@0	S_0@0
13	100	100		256QAM	164		P_100@0	S_64@0
14	100	100		256QAM	1		P_0@0	S_1@99
15	100	100		256QAM	1		P_0@0	S_1@70
16	100	100		256QAM	2		P_1@0	S_1@99
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1.

Table 6.2.4A.1_2.4.1-4: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "CA_NS_04")

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1						NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes, and PCC and SCCs are mapped onto physical frequencies according to Table 6.1-2.						C: Low and High range
Test CC Combination setting (N_{RB_agg}) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.						As in Table 6.2.4A.1_2.3.4-1
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
ID	CA Configuration / N_{RB_agg}		DL Allocation (PDCCH on PCC)	CC MOD	UL Allocation
ID	PCC N_RB	SCCs N_RB	PCC & SCC RB allocation	CC MOD	N_{RB_alloc}		PCC & SCC RB allocations (L_CRB @ RB_start)
1	100	50	N/A	256QAM	10		P_10@20	S_0@0
2	100	50		256QAM	60		P_50@50	S_10@0
3	100	50		256QAM	15		P_0@0	S_15@0
4	100	50		256QAM	2		P_1@0	S_1@49
5	75	75		256QAM	10		P_10@20	S_0@0
6	75	75		256QAM	75		P_30@45	S_45@0
7	75	75		256QAM	2		P_1@0	S_1@74
8	100	75		256QAM	10		P_10@20	S_0@0
9	100	75		256QAM	80		P_50@50	S_30@0
10	100	75		256QAM	20		P_0@0	S_20@15
11	100	75		256QAM	2		P_1@0	S_1@74
12	100	100		256QAM	10		P_10@25	S_0@0
13	100	100		256QAM	90		P_40@60	S_50@0
14	100	100		256QAM	15		P_0@0	S_15@40
15	100	100		256QAM	20		P_0@0	S_20@30
16	100	100		256QAM	2		P_1@0	S_1@99
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1.

Table 6.2.4A.1_2.4.1-5: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "CA_NS_05")

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1						NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes, and PCC and SCCs are mapped onto physical frequencies according to Table 6.1-2.						C: Low and High range
Test CC Combination setting (N_{RB_agg}) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.						As in Table 6.2.4A.1_2.3.5-1
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
ID	CA Configuration / N_{RB_agg}		DL Allocation (PDCCH on PCC)	CC MOD	UL Allocation
ID	PCC N_RB	SCCs N_RB	PCC & SCC RB allocation	CC MOD	N_{RB_alloc}		PCC & SCC RB allocations (L_CRB @ RB_start)
1	75	75	N/A	256QAM	40		P_40@0	S_0@0
2	75	75		256QAM	80		P_50@25	S_30@0
3	75	75		256QAM	60		P_10@65	S_50@0
4	75	75		256QAM	65		P_1@74	S_64@0
5	75	75		256QAM	92		P_20@55	S_72@0
6	75	75		256QAM	2		P_1@0	S_1@74
7	100	100		256QAM	8		P_8@0	S_0@0
8	100	100		256QAM	40		P_40@0	S_0@0
9	100	100		256QAM	80		P_50@50	S_30@0
10	100	100		256QAM	150		P_60@40	S_90@0
11	100	100		256QAM	2		P_1@0	S_1@99
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1.

Table 6.2.4A.1_2.4.1-6: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "CA_NS_06")

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1						NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes, and PCC and SCCs are mapped onto physical frequencies according to Table 6.1-2.						C: Low and High range
Test CC Combination setting (N_{RB_agg}) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration						As in Table 6.2.4A.1_2.3.6-1
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
ID	CA Configuration / N_{RB_agg}		DL Allocation (PDCCH on PCC)	CC MOD	UL Allocation
ID	PCC N_RB	SCCs N_RB	PCC & SCC RB allocation	CC MOD	N_{RB_alloc}		PCC & SCC RB allocations (L_CRB @ RB_start)
1	75	75	N/A	256QAM	5		P_5@0	S_0@0
2	75	75		256QAM	45		P_45@0	S_0@0
3	75	75		256QAM	75		P_60@15	S_15@0
4	75	75		256QAM	60		P_10@65	S_50@0
5	75	75		256QAM	90		P_18@57	S_72@0
6	75	75		256QAM	2		P_1@0	S_1@74
7	100	100		256QAM	10		P_10@0	S_0@0
8	100	100		256QAM	30		P_30@0	S_0@0
9	100	100		256QAM	100		P_75@25	S_25@0
10	100	100		256QAM	90		P_40@60	S_50@0
11	100	100		256QAM	96		P_15@85	S_81@0
12	100	100		256QAM	2		P_1@0	S_1@99
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1.

Table 6.2.4A.1_2.4.1-7: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "CA_NS_07")

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1						NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes, and PCC and SCCs are mapped onto physical frequencies according to Table 6.1-2.						C: Low and High range
Test CC Combination setting (N_{RB_agg}) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration						As in Table 6.2.4A.1_2.3.7-1
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
ID	CA Configuration / N_{RB_agg}		DL Allocation (PDCCH on PCC)	CC MOD	UL Allocation
ID	PCC N_RB	SCCs N_RB	PCC & SCC RB allocation	CC MOD	N_{RB_ alloc}		PCC & SCC RB allocations (L_CRB @ RB_start)
1	100	25	N/A	256QAM	1		P_1@0	S_0@0
2	100	25		256QAM	85		P_80@20	S_5@0
3	100	25		256QAM	65		P_60@40	S_5@0
4	100	25		256QAM	35		P_30@70	S_5@0
5	100	25		256QAM	2		P_1@0	S_1@24
6	100	50		256QAM	1		P_1@1	S_0@0
7	100	50		256QAM	10		P_10@30	S_0@0
8	100	50		256QAM	30		P_30@30	S_0@0
9	100	50		256QAM	60		P_40@60	S_20@0
10	100	50		256QAM	30		P_10@90	S_20@0
11	100	50		256QAM	5		P_0@0	S_5@45
12	100	50		256QAM	2		P_1@0	S_1@49
13	100	75		256QAM	1		P_1@1	S_0@0
14	100	75		256QAM	40		P_40@20	S_0@0
15	100	75		256QAM	85		P_80@20	S_5@0
16	100	75		256QAM	40		P_0@0	S_40@20
17	100	75		256QAM	15		P_0@0	S_15@60
18	100	75		256QAM	2		P_1@0	S_1@74
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1

Table 6.2.4A.1_2.4.1-8: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "CA_NS_08")

TBD

Table 6.2.4A.1_2.4.1-9a: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "CA_NS_09" for CA_66B)

TBD

Table 6.2.4A.1_2.4.1-9b: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "CA_NS_09" for CA_66C)

TBD

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A Figure group A.32 as appropriate.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL Reference Measurement channel is set according to the applicable table from Table 6.2.4A.1_2.4.1-1 to 6.2.4A.1_2.4.1-7.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.2.4A.1_2.4.3.

6.2.4A.1_2.4.2 Test procedure

Same test procedure as in clause 6.2.4A.1.4.2 with the following exception:

– In Step 4, instead of Table 6.2.4A.1.4.1-1 to Table 6.2.4A.1.4.1-7 use Table 6.2.4A.1_2.4.1-1 to Table 6.2.4A.1_2.4.1-7

6.2.4A.1_2.4.3 Message contents

Same message contents as in clause 6.2.4A.1.4.3.

6.2.4A.1_2.5 Test requirements

The maximum output power, derived in step 6 shall be within the range prescribed by the nominal maximum output power and tolerance in the applicable table from Table 6.2.4A.1_2.5-1 to Table 6.2.4A.1_2.5-7.

Table 6.2.4A.1_2.5-1: Test requirement (network signalled value "CA_NS_01")

Configuration ID	Class 1 (dBm)	Tol. (dB)	Class 2 (dBm)	Tol. (dB)	Class 3 (dBm)	Tol. (dB)
1					23	+2.7 / -17.7
2					23	+2.7 / -11.7
3					23	+2.7 / -9.7
4					23	+2.7 / -9.7
5					23	+2.7 / -11.7
6					23	+2.7 / -24.7
7					23	+2.7 / -18.7
8					23	+2.7 / -18.7
9					23	+2.7 / -11.7
10					23	+2.7 / -9.7
11					23	+2.7 / -9.7
12					23	+2.7 / -24.7
Note 1: Lower limit is assuming ΔT_IB,c is zero. If non-zero, P_CMAX,c will decrease and T(P_{CMAX_L,c}) may be higher resulting in different test requirements according to Table 6.2.5A.1.3-1.

Table 6.2.4A.1_2.5-2: Test requirement (network signalled value "CA_NS_02")

Configuration ID	Class 1 (dBm)	Tol. (dB)	Class 2 (dBm)	Tol. (dB)	Class 3 (dBm)	Tol. (dB)
1					23	+2.7 / -9.7
2					23	+2.7 / -9.7
3					23	+2.7 / -9.7
4					23	+2.7 / -11.7
5					23	+2.7 / -9.7
6					23	+2.7 / -9.7
7					23	+2.7 / -24.7
8					23	+2.7 / -9.7
9					23	+2.7 / -9.7
10					23	+2.7 / -9.7
11					23	+2.7 / -11.7
12					23	+2.7 / -15.7
13					23	+2.7 / -9.7
14					23	+2.7 / -24.7
Note 1: Lower limit is assuming ΔT_IB,c is zero. If non-zero, P_CMAX,c will decrease and T(P_{CMAX_L,c}) may be higher resulting in different test requirements according to Table 6.2.5A.1.3-1.

Table 6.2.4A.1_2.5-3: Test requirement (network signalled value "CA_NS_03")

Configuration ID	Class 1 (dBm)	Tol. (dB)	Class 2 (dBm)	Tol. (dB)	Class 3 (dBm)	Tol. (dB)
1					23	+2.7 / -15.7
2					23	+2.7 / -9.7
3					23	+2.7 / -9.7
4					23	+2.7 / -9.7
5					23	+2.7 / -13.7
6					23	+2.7 / -11.7
7					23	+2.7 / -9.7
8					23	+2.7 / -25.2
9					23	+2.7 / -15.7
10					23	+2.7 / -11.7
11					23	+2.7 / -9.7
12					23	+2.7 / -9.7
13					23	+2.7 / -12.7
14					23	+2.7 / -15.7
15					23	+2.7 / -9.7
16					23	+2.7 / -25.2
Note 1: Lower limit is assuming ΔT_IB,c is zero. If non-zero, P_CMAX,c will decrease and T(P_{CMAX_L,c}) may be higher resulting in different test requirements according to Table 6.2.5A.1.3-1.

Table 6.2.4A.1_2.5-4: Test requirement (network signalled value "CA_NS_04")

Configuration ID	Class 1 (dBm)	Tol. (dB)	Class 2 (dBm)	Tol. (dB)	Class 3 (dBm)	Tol. (dB)
1					23	+2.7 / -9.7
2					23	+2.7 / -9.7
3					23	+2.7 / -9.7
4					23	+2.7 / -19.2
5					23	+2.7 / -9.7
6					23	+2.7 / -9.7
7					23	+2.7 / -19.2
8					23	+2.7 / -9.7
9					23	+2.7 / -9.7
10					23	+2.7 / -9.7
11					23	+2.7 / -19.2
12					23	+2.7 / -9.7
13					23	+2.7 / -9.7
14					23	+2.7 / -9.7
15					23	+2.7 / -9.7
16					23	+2.7 / -19.2
Note 1: Lower limit is assuming ΔT_IB,c is zero. If non-zero, P_CMAX,c will decrease and T(P_{CMAX_L,c}) may be higher resulting in different test requirements according to Table 6.2.5A.1.3-1.

Table 6.2.4A.1_2.5-5: Test requirement (network signalled value "CA_NS_05")

Configuration ID	Class 1 (dBm)	Tol. (dB)	Class 2 (dBm)	Tol. (dB)	Class 3 (dBm)	Tol. (dB)
1					23	+2.7 / -9.7
2					23	+2.7 / -9.7
3					23	+2.7 / -9.7
4					23	+2.7 / -9.7
5					23	+2.7 / -11.7
6					23	+2.7 / -24.2
7					23	+2.7 / -9.7
8					23	+2.7 / -9.7
9					23	+2.7 / -11.7
10					23	+2.7 / -17.7
11					23	+2.7 / -24.2
Note 1: Lower limit is assuming ΔT_IB,c is zero. If non-zero, P_CMAX,c will decrease and T(P_{CMAX_L,c}) may be higher resulting in different test requirements according to Table 6.2.5A.1.3-1.

Table 6.2.4A.1_2.5-6: Test requirement (network signalled value "CA_NS_06")

Configuration ID	Class 1 (dBm)	Tol. (dB)	Class 2 (dBm)	Tol. (dB)	Class 3 (dBm)	Tol. (dB)
1 (low range)					23	+2.7 / -12.2
1 (high range)					23	+2.7 / -9.7
2					23	+2.7 / -9.7
3					23	+2.7 / -9.7
4					23	+2.7 / -11.7
5					23	+2.7 / -15.7
6					23	+2.7 / -26.7
7 (low range)					23	+2.7 / -12.2
7 (high range)					23	+2.7 / -9.7
8					23	+2.7 / -9.7
9					23	+2.7 / -9.7
10					23	+2.7 / -9.7
11					23	+2.7 / -15.7
12					23	+2.7 / -26.7
Note 1: Lower limit is assuming ΔT_IB,c is zero. If non-zero, P_CMAX,c will decrease and T(P_{CMAX_L,c}) may be higher resulting in different test requirements according to Table 6.2.5A.1.3-1.

Table 6.2.4A.1_2.5-7: Test requirement (network signalled value "CA_NS_07")

Configuration ID	Class 1 (dBm)	Tol. (dB)	Class 2 (dBm)	Tol. (dB)	Class 3 (dBm)	Tol. (dB)
1					23	+2.7 / -9.7
2					23	+2.7 / -11.7
3					23	+2.7 / -9.7
4					23	+2.7 / -9.7
5					23	+2.7 / -28.7
6					23	+2.7 / -17.7
7					23	+2.7 / -9.7
8					23	+2.7 / -11.7
9					23	+2.7 / -9.7
10					23	+2.7 / -9.7
11					23	+2.7 / -9.7
12					23	+2.7 / -28.7
13					23	+2.7 / -17.7
14					23	+2.7 / -9.7
15					23	+2.7 / -12.7
16					23	+2.7 / -9.7
17					23	+2.7 / -9.7
18					23	+2.7 / -28.7
Note 1: Lower limit is assuming ΔT_IB,c is zero. If non-zero, P_CMAX,c will decrease and T(P_{CMAX_L,c}) may be higher resulting in different test requirements according to Table 6.2.5A.1.3-1.

6.2.4A.1_3 Additional Maximum Power Reduction (A-MPR) for CA and HPUE (intra-band contiguous DL CA and UL CA)

6.2.4A.1_3.1 Test purpose

Same test purpose as in clause 6.2.4A.1.1.

6.2.4A.1_3.2 Test applicability

The requirements of this test apply in test case 6.6.2.2A.1_3 Additional Spectrum Emission Mask for CA and HPUE (intra-band contiguous DL CA and UL CA) for network signalled value CA_NS_04 to all types of E-UTRA Power Class 2 UE release 10 and forward that support intra-band contiguous DL CA and UL CA but do not support UL 64QAM or UL 256QAM.

The requirements of this test apply in test case 6.6.3.3A.1_3 Additional spurious emissions for CA and HPUE (intra-band contiguous DL CA and UL CA) for network signalled values CA_NS_04 to all types of E-UTRA Power Class 2 UE release 10 and forward that support intra-band contiguous DL CA and UL CA but do not support UL 64QAM or UL 256QAM.

NOTE: As a result TC 6.2.4A.1_3 has not been included in the test case applicability table 4.1-1, TS 36.521-2 [11]. This does not preclude the test from being used for R&D or other purposes if deemed useful.

6.2.4A.1_3.3 Minimum conformance requirements

For intra-band contiguous aggregation with the UE configured for transmissions on two serving cells, the maximum output power reduction specified in Table 6.2.4A.1_3.3-1 is allowed for all serving cells of the applicable uplink CA configurations according to the CA network signalling value indicated by the field additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10. Then clause 6.2.3A.1_3.3 does not apply, i.e. the carrier aggregation MPR = 0 dB.

For the UE maximum output power modified by A-MPR specified in table 6.2.4A.1_3.3-1, the power limits specified in subclause 6.2.5A.1_3.3 apply.

Table 6.2.4A.1_3.3-1: Additional Maximum Power Reduction (A-MPR) for intra-band contiguous CA for HPUE

CA Network Signalling value

Requirements

(subclause)

Uplink CA Configuration

A-MPR [dB]

(subclause)

CA_NS_04

6.6.2.2A.1_3.3.1, 6.6.3.3A.1_3.3.8

CA_41C

6.2.4A.1_3.3.4

NOTE 1: Applicable for uplink CA configurations listed in Table 5.4.2A.1-1 for which none of the additional requirements in subclauses 6.6.3.3A or 6.6.2.2A apply.

NOTE 2: The index of the sequence CA_NS corresponds to the value of additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10.

For PUCCH and SRS transmissions, the allowed A-MPR is according to that specified for PUSCH QPSK modulation for the corresponding transmission bandwidth.

6.2.4A.1_3.3.4 A-MPR for CA_NS_04 for CA_41C

Table 6.2.4A.1_3.3.4-1: Contiguous Allocation A-MPR for CA_NS_04 (power class 2)

CA Bandwidth Class C	Lower edge cutoff frequency [MHz]⁵	RB_Start	L_CRB [RBs]	RB_start+ L_CRB [RBs]	A-MPR per modulation [dB]
CA Bandwidth Class C		RB_Start	L_CRB [RBs]	RB_start+ L_CRB [RBs]	QPSK	16QAM	64QAM	256QAM
25 RB / 100 RB	2513.5	0 – 42	>0	N/A	≤5	≤5	≤5	FFS
		43 – 81	N/A	>82	≤1	≤1.5	≤1.5	FFS
		82 – 124	>0	N/A	≤1	≤1.5	≤1.5	FFS
50 RB / 100 RB	2518.4	0 – 52	>0	N/A	≤5	≤5	≤5	FFS
		53 – 94	N/A	>95	≤1	≤1.5	≤1.5	FFS
		95 – 149	>0	N/A	≤1	≤1.5	≤1.5	FFS
75 RB / 75 RB	2519.0	0 – 54	>0	N/A	≤5	≤5	≤5	FFS
		55 – 94	N/A	>95	≤2	≤2.5	≤2.5	FFS
		95 – 149	>0	N/A	≤1.5	≤2	≤2	FFS
75 RB / 100 RB	2523.4	0 – 64	>0	N/A	≤5	≤5	≤5	FFS
		65 – 114	N/A	>115	≤2	≤2.5	≤2.5	FFS
		115 – 174	>0	N/A	≤1	≤1.5	≤2	FFS
100 RB / 100 RB	2528.3	0 – 69	>0	N/A	≤5	≤5	≤5	FFS
		70 – 129	N/A	>130	≤2	≤2.5	≤2.5	FFS
		130 – 199	>0	N/A	≤1.5	≤1.5	≤2	FFS
NOTE 1: RB_start indicates the lowest RB index of transmitted resource blocks NOTE 2: L_CRB is the length of a contiguous resource block allocation NOTE 3: For intra-subframe frequency hopping which intersects regions, notes 1 and 2 apply on a per slot basis. NOTE 4: For intra-subframe frequency hopping which intersects regions, the larger A-MPR value may be applied for both slots in the subframe. NOTE 5: The A-MPR values in this table shall apply when the lower edge of the aggregated channel bandwidth (Figure 5.4.2A-1) is less than or equal to the lower edge cutoff frequency specified in this table for the corresponding CA bandwidth combination. When the lower edge of the aggregated channel bandwidth exceeds the lower edge cutoff frequency, then the A-MPR shall be equal to the MPR specified in Table 6.2.3A.1_3.3-1a.

If the UE is configured to CA_41C or any uplink inter-band CA configuration containing CA_41C and it receives IE CA_NS_04 the allowed maximum output power reduction applied to transmissions on two serving cells assigned to Band 41 with non-contiguous resource allocation is defined as follows for UE power class 2

A-MPR = CEIL {M_A, 0.5}

Where M_Ais defined as follows

M_A = 11.5, 0≤ A < 0.05

= -55.0A + 14.25, 0.05≤ A < 0.15

= -4.0A + 6.60, 0.15≤ A < 0.40

= -0.833A + 5.333, 0.40 ≤ A ≤ 1

Where A = N_{RB_alloc} / N_{RB_agg.}

Where M_Ais defined as follows when the lower edge of the aggregated channel bandwidth (Table 5.4.2A-1) is less than or equal to the lower edge cutoff frequency specified in Table 6.2.4A.1_3.3.4-1 for the corresponding CA bandwidth combination

M_A = 13.0, 0 ≤ A < 0.05

= 15.33 – 46.67A, 0.05 ≤ A < 0.20

= -7.0 – 5.0A, 0.20 ≤ A < 0.50

= 4.5, 0.50 ≤ A ≤ 1

Where A = N_{RB_alloc} / N_{RB_agg.}

The normative reference for requirement is in TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.2.4A.4.

6.2.4A.1_3.4 Test description

Same test description as in clause 6.2.4A.1.4 excepting replace Table 6.2.4A.1.4.1-4 with Table 6.2.4A.1_3.4.1-1.

Table 6.2.4A.1_3.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "CA_NS_04")

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1						NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes, and PCC and SCCs are mapped onto physical frequencies according to Table 6.1-2.						C: Low range
Test CC Combination setting (N_{RB_agg}) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.						As in Table 6.2.4A.1_3.3.4-1
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
ID	CA Configuration / N_{RB_agg}		DL Allocation (PDCCH on PCC)	CC MOD	UL Allocation
ID	PCC N_RB	SCCs N_RB	PCC & SCC RB allocation	CC MOD	N_{RB_alloc}		PCC & SCC RB allocations (L_CRB @ RB_start)
1	5	20	N/A	QPSK	1		0@0	1@17
2	5	20		QPSK	1		0@0	1@35
3	5	20		QPSK	39		0@0	39@17
4	5	20		QPSK	82		0@0	82@17
5	5	20		QPSK	44		0@0	44@55
6	5	20		QPSK	1		1@0	0@0
7	5	20		QPSK	1		0@0	1@124
8	5	20		QPSK	125		25@0	100@0
9	5	20		16QAM	1		0@0	1@17
10	5	20		16QAM	1		0@0	1@55
11	5	20		16QAM	39		0@0	39@17
12	5	20		16QAM	82		0@0	82@17
13	5	20		16QAM	44		0@0	44@55
14	5	20		16QAM	1		1@0	0@0
15	5	20		16QAM	1		0@0	1@124
16	5	20		16QAM	125		25@0	100@0
17	5	20		64QAM	1		0@0	1@17
18	5	20		64QAM	1		0@0	1@55
19	5	20		64QAM	39		0@0	39@17
20	5	20		64QAM	82		0@0	82@17
21	5	20		64QAM	44		0@0	44@55
22	5	20		64QAM	1		1@0	0@0
23	5	20		64QAM	1		0@0	1@124
24	5	20		64QAM	125		25@0	100@0
25	10	20		QPSK	1		0@0	1@2
26	10	20		QPSK	1		0@0	1@43
27	10	20		QPSK	42		0@0	42@2
28	10	20		QPSK	47		0@0	47@2
29	10	20		QPSK	56		0@0	56@43
30	10	20		QPSK	1		1@0	0@0
31	10	20		QPSK	1		0@0	1@149
32	10	20		QPSK	150		50@0	100@0
33	10	20		16QAM	1		0@0	1@2
34	10	20		16QAM	1		0@0	1@43
35	10	20		16QAM	42		0@0	42@2
36	10	20		16QAM	47		0@0	47@2
37	10	20		16QAM	56		0@0	56@43
38	10	20		16QAM	1		1@0	0@0
39	10	20		16QAM	1		0@0	1@149
40	10	20		16QAM	150		50@0	100@0
41	10	20		64QAM	1		0@0	1@2
42	10	20		64QAM	1		0@0	1@43
43	10	20		64QAM	42		0@0	42@2
44	10	20		64QAM	47		0@0	47@2
45	10	20		64QAM	56		0@0	56@43
46	10	20		64QAM	1		1@0	0@0
47	10	20		64QAM	1		0@0	1@149
48	10	20		64QAM	150		50@0	100@0
49	15	15		QPSK	1		1@54	0@0
50	15	15		QPSK	1		0@0	1@18
51	15	15		QPSK	40		40@54	0@0
52	15	15		QPSK	95		19@54	76@0
53	15	15		QPSK	56		0@0	56@18
54	15	15		QPSK	1		1@0	0@0
55	15	15		QPSK	1		0@0	1@149
56	15	15		QPSK	150		75@0	75@0
57	15	15		16QAM	1		1@54	0@0
58	15	15		16QAM	1		0@0	1@18
59	15	15		16QAM	40		40@54	0@0
60	15	15		16QAM	95		19@54	76@0
61	15	15		16QAM	56		0@0	56@18
62	15	15		16QAM	1		1@0	0@0
63	15	15		16QAM	1		0@0	1@149
64	15	15		16QAM	150		75@0	75@0
65	15	15	64QAM	1		1@54	0@0
66	15	15	64QAM	1		0@0	1@18
67	15	15	64QAM	40		40@54	0@0
68	15	15	64QAM	95		19@54	76@0
69	15	15	64QAM	56		0@0	56@18
70	15	15	64QAM	1		1@0	0@0
71	15	15	64QAM	1		0@0	1@149
72	15	15	64QAM	150		75@0	75@0
73	15	20	QPSK	1		1@64	0@0
74	15	20	QPSK	1		0@0	1@38
75	15	20	QPSK	50		50@64	0@0
76	15	20	QPSK	110		9@64	101@0
77	15	20	QPSK	61		0@0	61@38
78	15	20	QPSK	1		1@0	0@0
79	15	20	QPSK	1		0@0	1@99
80	15	20	QPSK	175		75@0	100@0
81	15	20	16QAM	1		1@64	0@0
82	15	20	16QAM	1		0@0	1@38
83	15	20	16QAM	50		50@64	0@0
84	15	20	16QAM	110		9@64	101@0
85	15	20	16QAM	61		0@0	61@38
86	15	20	16QAM	1		1@0	0@0
87	15	20	16QAM	1		0@0	1@99
88	15	20	16QAM	175		75@0	100@0
89	15	20	64QAM	1		1@64	0@0
90	15	20	64QAM	1		0@0	1@38
91	15	20	64QAM	50		50@64	0@0
92	15	20	64QAM	110		9@64	101@0
93	15	20	64QAM	61		0@0	61@38
94	15	20	64QAM	1		1@0	0@0
95	15	20	64QAM	1		0@0	1@99
96	15	20	64QAM	175		75@0	100@0
97	20	20	QPSK	1		1@69	0@0
98	20	20	QPSK	1		0@0	1@28
99	20	20	QPSK	60		60@69	0@0
100	20	20	QPSK	130		130@69	0@0
101	20	20	QPSK	71		0@0	71@28
102	20	20	QPSK	1		1@0	0@0
103	20	20	QPSK	1		0@0	1@199
104	20	20	QPSK	200		100@0	100@0
105	20	20	16QAM	1		1@69	0@0
106	20	20	16QAM	1		0@0	1@28
107	20	20	16QAM	60		60@69	0@0
108	20	20	16QAM	130		130@69	0@0
109	20	20	16QAM	71		0@0	71@28
110	20	20	16QAM	1		1@0	0@0
111	20	20	16QAM	1		0@0	1@199
112	20	20	16QAM	200		100@0	100@0
113	20	20	64QAM	1		1@69	0@0
114	20	20	64QAM	1		0@0	1@28
115	20	20	64QAM	60		60@69	0@0
116	20	20	64QAM	130		130@69	0@0
117	20	20	64QAM	71		0@0	71@28
118	20	20	64QAM	1		1@0	0@0
119	20	20	64QAM	1		0@0	1@199
120	20	20	64QAM	200		100@0	100@0
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1.

6.2.4A.1_3.5 Test requirements

The maximum output power, derived in step 3 shall be within the range prescribed by the nominal maximum output power and tolerance in Table 6.2.4A.1_3.5-1. For QPSK and 16QAM the allowed maximum output power reduction is specified in Table 6.2.4A.1_3.3.4-1 and clause 6.2.3A.1_3 does not apply, i.e. carrier aggregation MPR = 0. For 64QAM the applied maximum output power reduction is obtained by taking the maximum value of MPR requirements specified in Table 6.2.3A-1_3.3-1 and A-MPR requirements specified in Table 6.2.4A.1_3.3.4-1.

Table 6.2.4A.1_3.5-1: Test requirement (network signalled value "CA_NS_04")

Configuration ID	Class 1 (dBm)	Tol. (dB)	Class 2 (dBm)	Tol. (dB)	Class 3 (dBm)	Tol. (dB)
1			26	+ 2.7 / -2.7
2			26	+ 2.7 / -2.7
3			26	+ 2.7 / -2.7
4			26	+ 2.7 / -3.7
5			26	+ 2.7 / -3.7
6			26	+ 2.7 / -7.7
7			26	+ 2.7 / -3.7
8			26	+ 2.7 / -7.7
9			26	+ 2.7 / -2.7
10			26	+ 2.7 / -2.7
11			26	+ 2.7 / -2.7
12			26	+ 2.7 / -4.2
13			26	+ 2.7 / -2.7
14			26	+ 2.7 / -7.7
15			26	+ 2.7 / -4.2
16			26	+ 2.7 / -7.7
17			26	+ 2.7 / -4.7
18			26	+ 2.7 / -4.7
19			26	+ 2.7 / -5.7
20			26	+ 2.7 / -5.7
21			26	+ 2.7 / -5.7
22			26	+ 2.7 / -7.7
23			26	+ 2.7 / -4.7
24			26	+ 2.7 / -7.7
25			26	+ 2.7 / -2.7
26			26	+ 2.7 / -2.7
27			26	+ 2.7 / -2.7
28			26	+ 2.7 / -2.7
29			26	+ 2.7 / -2.7
30			26	+ 2.7 / -7.7
31			26	+ 2.7 / -3.7
32			26	+ 2.7 / -7.7
33			26	+ 2.7 / -2.7
34			26	+ 2.7 / -2.7
35			26	+ 2.7 / -2.7
36			26	+ 2.7 / -2.7
37			26	+ 2.7 / -2.7
38			26	+ 2.7 / -7.7
39			26	+ 2.7 / -4.2
40			26	+ 2.7 / -7.7
41			26	+ 2.7 / -4.7
42			26	+ 2.7 / -4.7
43			26	+ 2.7 / -5.7
44			26	+ 2.7 / -5.7
45			26	+ 2.7 / -5.7
46			26	+ 2.7 / -7.7
47			26	+ 2.7 / -4.7
48			26	+ 2.7 / -7.7
49			26	+ 2.7 / -2.7
50			26	+ 2.7 / -2.7
51			26	+ 2.7 / -2.7
52			26	+ 2.7 / -4.7
53			26	+ 2.7 / -2.7
54			26	+ 2.7 / -3.7
54			26	+ 2.7 / -4.2
56			26	+ 2.7 / -7.7
57			26	+ 2.7 / -2.7
58			26	+ 2.7 / -2.7
59			26	+ 2.7 / -2.7
60			26	+ 2.7 / -5.2
61			26	+ 2.7 / -2.7
62			26	+ 2.7 / -7.7
63			26	+ 2.7 / -4.7
64			26	+ 2.7 / -7.7
65			26	+ 2.7 / -4.7
66			26	+ 2.7 / -4.7
67			26	+ 2.7 / -5.7
68			26	+ 2.7 / -5.7
69			26	+ 2.7 / -5.7
70			26	+ 2.7 / -7.7
71			26	+ 2.7 / -4.7
72			26	+ 2.7 / -7.7
73			26	+ 2.7 / -7.7
74			26	+ 2.7 / -3.7
75			26	+ 2.7 / -2.7
76			26	+ 2.7 / -4.7
77			26	+ 2.7 / -2.7
78			26	+ 2.7 / -7.7
79			26	+ 2.7 / -3.7
80			26	+ 2.7 / -7.7
81			26	+ 2.7 / -2.7
82			26	+ 2.7 / -2.7
83			26	+ 2.7 / -2.7
84			26	+ 2.7 / -5.2
85			26	+ 2.7 / -2.7
86			26	+ 2.7 / -7.7
87			26	+ 2.7 / -4.2
88			26	+ 2.7 / -7.7
89			26	+ 2.7 / -4.7
90			26	+ 2.7 / -4.7
91			26	+ 2.7 / -5.7
92			26	+ 2.7 / -5.2
93			26	+ 2.7 / -5.7
94			26	+ 2.7 / -7.7
95			26	+ 2.7 / -4.7
96			26	+ 2.7 / -7.7
97			26	+ 2.7 / -2.7
98			26	+ 2.7 / -2.7
99			26	+ 2.7 / -2.7
100			26	+ 2.7 / -4.7
101			26	+ 2.7 / -2.7
102			26	+ 2.7 / -7.7
103			26	+ 2.7 / -4.2
104			26	+ 2.7 / -7.7
105			26	+ 2.7 / -2.7
106			26	+ 2.7 / -2.7
107			26	+ 2.7 / -2.7
108			26	+ 2.7 / -5.2
109			26	+ 2.7 / -2.7
110			26	+ 2.7 / -7.7
111			26	+ 2.7 / -4.2
112			26	+ 2.7 / -7.7
113			26	+ 2.7 / -4.7
114			26	+ 2.7 / -4.7
115			26	+ 2.7 / -5.7
116			26	+ 2.7 / -5.7
117			26	+ 2.7 / -5.7
118			26	+ 2.7 / -7.7
119			26	+ 2.7 / -4.7
120			26	+ 2.7 / -7.7
Note 1: Lower limit is assuming ΔT_IB,c is zero. If non-zero, P_CMAX,c will decrease and T(P_{CMAX_L,c}) may be higher resulting in different test requirements according to Table 6.2.5A.1_3.3-1.

6.2.4A.2 Additional Maximum Power Reduction (A-MPR) for CA (inter-band DL CA and UL CA)

Editor’s note: For a transition period until RAN5#73, this test case in version 13.1.0 of 36.521-1 shall be used. This is to ensure no test coverage is lost before the UL 64QAM test case becomes available. Based on analysis for CA_3A-19A in TR 36.905 [19] no requirements in additional spurious emissions are required so A-MPR requirements are not tested for this CA configuration in any test case.

6.2.4A.2.1 Test purpose

6.2.4A.2.2 Test applicability

The requirements of this test apply in test case 6.6.2.2A.2 Additional Spectrum Emission Mask for CA (inter-band DL CA and UL CA) for network signalled value NS_01/NS_03, NS_03/NS_03, NS_03/NS_06, NS_03/NS_07, NS_03/NS_01, NS_01/NS_06, NS_01/NS_21, NS_03/NS_21, NS_06/NS_21, NS_03/NS_28, NS_03/NS_29, NS_03/NS_30, NS_03/NS_31 to all types of E-UTRA UE release 11 and forward but do not support UL 64QAM or UL 256QAM.

The requirements of this test apply in test case 6.6.3.3A.2 Additional spurious emissions for CA (inter-band DL CA and UL CA) for network signalled values NS_05/NS_01, NS_03/NS_07, NS_01/NS_12 and NS_01/NS15, NS_01/NS_21, NS_03/NS_21, NS_06/NS_21, NS_03/NS_28, NS_03/NS_29, NS_03/NS_30, NS_03/NS_31 to all types of E-UTRA UE release 11 and forward but do not support UL 64QAM or UL 256QAM.

NOTE: As a result TC 6.2.4A.2 has not been included in the test case applicability table 4.1-1, TS 36.521-2. This does not preclude the test from being used for R&D or other purposes if deemed useful.

6.2.4A.2.3 Minimum conformance requirements

If for inter-band carrier aggregation the UE is configured for transmissions on a single serving cell, then subclauses 6.2.3 and 6.2 4 apply with the Network Signalling value indicated by the field additionalSpectrumEmission.

For inter-band carrier aggregation with the UE configured for transmissions on two serving cells the maximum output power reduction specified in Table 6.2.4-1 is allowed for each serving cell of the applicable uplink CA configuration according to the Network Signalling value indicated by the field additionalSprectrumEmission for the PCC and the CA network signalling value indicated by the field additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10 for the SCC. The value of additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10 is equal to that of additionalSprectrumEmission configured on the SCC. MPR as specified in subclause 6.2.3A is allowed in addition.

For PUCCH and SRS transmissions, the allowed A-MPR is according to that specified for PUSCH QPSK modulation for the corresponding transmission bandwidth. The normative reference for this requirement is in TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.2.4A.

6.2.4A.2.4 Test description

6.2.4A.2.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state. For the UE maximum output power modified by A-MPR specified in table 6.2.4A.2.4.1-1, the power limits specified in subclause 6.2.5A.2.3 apply.

Table 6.2.4A.2.4.1-1: Additional Maximum Power Reduction (A-MPR) for inter-band CA

Uplink CA Configuration	NS-value per CC (in same order as UL CA Configuration column)		Applicable emissions requirements (in same order as UL CA Configuration column)
CA_1A-3A CA_1A-5A CA_1A-7A CA_1A-8A CA_1A-18A CA_1A-26A CA_1A-42A	NS_05	NS_01	Table 6.6.3.3.5.2-1 (Note 5)	N/A
CA_1A-19A	NS_05	NS_08	Table 6.6.3.3.5.2-1 (Note 5)	Table 6.6.3.3.5.4-1
CA_1A-21A	NS_05	NS_09	Table 6.6.3.3.5.2-1 (Note 5)	Table 6.6.3.3.5.5-1 (Note 5)
CA_2A-4A, CA_2A-66A	NS_03	NS_03	Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1	Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1
CA_2A-12A, CA_2A-13A, CA_4A-12A, CA_4A-13A, CA_4A-17A	NS_03	NS_06	Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1	Table 6.6.2.2.3.3-1
CA_2A-13A, CA_4A-13A	NS_03	NS_07	Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1	Table 6.6.2.2.3.3-1 Table 6.6.3.3.3.3-1
CA_2A-30A	NS_03	NS_21	Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1	Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1 Table 6.6.3.3.5.16-1 (Note 8)
CA_2A-46A	NS_03	NS_28	Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1	Table 6.6.3.3.3.22-1
CA_2A-46A	NS_03	NS_29	Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1	Table 6.6.3.3.3.23-1
CA_2A-46A	NS_03	NS_30	Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1	Table 6.6.3.3.3.24-1 Table 6.6.3.3.3.24-2 Table 6.6.3.3.3.24-3
CA_2A-46A	NS_03	NS_31	Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1	Table 6.6.3.3.3.25-1 Table 6.6.3.3.3.25-2 Table 6.6.3.3.3.25-3 Table 6.6.3.3.3.25-4
CA_3A-5A CA_3A-7A CA_3A-8A CA_3A-18A CA_5A-7A CA_11A-18A CA_39A-41A	NS_01	NS_01	N/A	N/A
CA_3A-19A	NS_01	NS_08	N/A	Table 6.6.3.3.5.4-1
CA_3A-20A CA_7A-20A	NS_01	NS_10	N/A	N/A (Note 6)
CA_3A-26A	NS_01	NS_12	N/A	Table 6.6.3.3.3.7-1 (Note 5)
CA_3A-26A	NS_01	NS_13	N/A	Table 6.6.3.3.3.8-1 (Note 5)
CA_3A-26A	NS_01	NS_14	N/A	Table 6.6.3.3.3.9-1 (Note 5)
CA_3A-26A	NS_01	NS_15	N/A	Table 6.6.3.3.3.10-1 (Note 5)
CA_3A-41A	NS_01	NS_04	N/A	Table 6.6.2.2.3.2-1 Table 6.6.3.3.3.1-1
CA_2A-5A CA_2A-7A CA_4A-5A CA_4A-7A	NS_03	NS_01	Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1	N/A
CA_5A-66A^{Note 7}	NS_01	NS_03	N/A	Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1
CA_5A-12A CA_5A-17A	NS_01	NS_06	N/A	Table 6.6.2.2.3.3-1
CA_5A-30A	NS_01	NS_21	N/A	Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1 Table 6.6.3.3.5.16-1 (Note 8)
3A-28A CA_7A-28A CA_18A-28A	NS_01	NS_17	N/A	Table 6.6.3.3.5.12-1 (Note 5)
CA_3A-28A CA_7A-28A	NS_01	NS_18	N/A	Table 6.6.3.3.5.13-1 (Note 5)
CA_12A-30A	NS_06	NS_21	Table 6.6.2.2.3.3-1	Table 6.6.2.2.3.3-1 Table 6.6.3.3.5.16-1 (Note 8)
CA_12A-66A^{Note 7}	NS_06	NS_03	Table 6.6.2.2.3.3-1	Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1
CA_19A-21A	NS_08	NS_09	Table 6.6.3.3.5.4-1 (Note 5)	Table 6.6.3.3.5.5-1 (Note 5)
CA_1A-28A	NS_05	NS_17	Table 6.6.3.3.5.2-1	Table 6.6.3.3.5.12-1 (Note 5)
Note 1: For CCs with NS_01, there are no additional requirements defined in 36.101. Only CCs with NS-value different than NS_01 needs to be tested. Note 2: A-MPR values for NS-values in this table are the same as in section 6.2.4.3. Note 3: Selection of CA configurations and NS-values to test is derived in TR 36.905 [19] Note 4: For simplifying test, PCC is mapped to the first band of the combination as listed in Uplink CA Configuration column Note 5: No test required since only A-Spur requirements apply, and the frequency range to test is unaffected by intermodulation products as described in section 4.3 in TR 36.905 [19] and refer to Table 4.1.3-1 in TR 36.905. Note 6: No test required since no A_SEM and/or A-Spur requirements apply Note 7: As an exception to note 4, PCC is mapped to the second band of the combination as listed in Uplink CA Configuration column. Note 8: Only A_SEM requirements apply, as the frequency range to test for A-Spur requirements is unaffected by intermodulation products as described in section 4.3 in TR 36.905 [19] and refer to Table 4.1.3-1 in TR 36.905.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and CC combinations based on E‑UTRA CA configurations specified in table 5.4.2A.1-2. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each CA Configuration, and are shown in table 6.2.4A.2.4.1-2 to 6.2.4A.1.4.1-17. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexe A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.2.4A.2.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_01/NS_06)

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1						NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes						Low and High range for both PCC and SCC
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.						Lowest and Highest N_RBagg
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
Config ID	CA Configuration / NRB_agg		DL Allocation	CC MOD		UL Allocation
	PCC (NS_01)	SCC (NS_06)	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations
	NRB	NRB	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations
1	15	15	N/A for this test	QPSK	QPSK	6	6
2	15	15		16QAM	16QAM	25	9
3	15	15		QPSK	16QAM	6	9
4	50	50		QPSK	QPSK	12	12
5	50	50		16QAM	16QAM	50	15
6	50	50		QPSK	16QAM	12	15
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration. which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2. Note 2: Lower limit is assuming ΔTIB,c is zero. If non-zero. PCMAX,c will decrease and T(PCMAX_L,c) may be higher resulting in different test requirements according to Table 6.2.5.3-1.

Table 6.2.4A.2.4.1-3: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_01/NS_12)

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1						NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes						Low and High range for PCC SCC: (Note 3) For 5 MHz Channel Bandwidth: UL 816.7 MHz (N_UL = 26717) For 10 MHz Channel Bandwidth: UL 819.2 MHz (N_UL = 26742) For 15 MHz Channel Bandwidth: UL 821.7 MHz (N_UL = 26767)
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.						Lowest and Highest N_RBagg(Note 2)
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
Config ID	CA Configuration / NRB_agg		DL Allocation	CC MOD		UL Allocation
	PCC (NS_01)	SCC (NS_12)	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations (L_CRB @ RB_start)(Note 4)
	NRB	NRB	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations (L_CRB @ RB_start)(Note 4)
1	25	25	N/A for this test	QPSK	QPSK	8	8@7
2	25	25		16QAM	16QAM	10	8
3	25	25		QPSK	16QAM	8	8
4	50	50		QPSK	QPSK	12	12@16
5	50	50		16QAM	16QAM	15	18
6	50	50		QPSK	16QAM	12	18
7	100	75		QPSK	QPSK	15	16@31
8	100	75		16QAM	16QAM	20	30
9	100	75		QPSK	16QAM	15	30
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration. which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2. Note 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg. only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested. Note 3: For simplifying test, PCC is mapped to the first band of the combination as listed in Uplink CA Configuration column in Table 6.2.4A.2.4.1-1 Note 4: Test point with max A-MPR in B26 selected in region A with largest allocation giving max A-MPR at RBstart0; test point with min A-MPR in B26 selected in region A with same allocation but with shifted RBstart to give A-MPR=0;

Table 6.2.4A.2.4.1-4: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_01/NS_15)

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1						NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes						High range for both PCC and SCC(Note 3)
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.						Lowest and Highest N_RBagg(Note 2)
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
Config ID	CA Configuration / NRB_agg		DL Allocation	CC MOD		UL Allocation
	PCC (NS_01)	SCC (NS_15)	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations (L_CRB @ RB_start)(Note 4)
	NRB	NRB	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations (L_CRB @ RB_start)(Note 4)
1	25	25	N/A for this test	QPSK	QPSK	8	6@14
2	25	25		16QAM	16QAM	10	10@15
3	25	25		QPSK	16QAM	8	10@15
4	50	50		QPSK	QPSK	12	12@25
5	50	50		16QAM	16QAM	15	15@35
6	50	50		QPSK	16QAM	12	15@35
7	100	75		QPSK	QPSK	18	18@19
8	100	75		16QAM	16QAM	20	20@55
9	100	75		QPSK	16QAM	18	20@55
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration. which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2. Note 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg. only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested. Note 3: For simplifying test, PCC is mapped to the first band of the combination as listed in Uplink CA Configuration column in Table 6.2.4A.2.4.1-1. Note 4: Test point with max A-MPR in B26 selected in region C with allocation giving max MPR+A-MPR+deltaTc at max RBend; Test point with min A-MPR in B26 selected in region B with max allocation and RBend giving A-MPR=0.

Table 6.2.4A.2.4.1-5: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_01/NS_17)

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1						NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes						Low and High range for both PCC and SCC
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.						Lowest and Highest N_RBagg
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
Config ID	CA Configuration / NRB_agg		DL Allocation	CC MOD		UL Allocation
	PCC (NS_01)	SCC (NS_17)	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations
	NRB	NRB	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations
1	25	25	N/A for this test	QPSK	QPSK	6	6
2	25	25		16QAM	16QAM	25	25
3	25	25		16QAM	QPSK	25	6
4	25	50		QPSK	QPSK	6	12
5	25	50		16QAM	16QAM	25	25
6	25	50		16QAM	QPSK	25	12
7	50	50		QPSK	QPSK	12	15
8	50	50		16QAM	16QAM	50	25
9	50	50		16QAM	QPSK	50	12
10	75	50		QPSK	QPSK	16	12
11	75	50		16QAM	16QAM	50	25
12	75	50		16QAM	QPSK	50	12
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration. which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2. Note 2: Lower limit is assuming ΔTIB,c is zero. If non-zero. PCMAX,c will decrease and T(PCMAX_L,c) may be higher resulting in different test requirements according to Table 6.2.5.3-1.

Table 6.2.4A.2.4.1-6: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_01/NS_21)

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1						NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes						Low and High range for both PCC and SCC
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.						Lowest and Highest N_RBagg
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
Config ID	CA Configuration / NRB_agg		DL Allocation	CC MOD		UL Allocation
	PCC (NS_01)	SCC (NS_21)	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations
	NRB	NRB	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations
1	25	25	N/A for this test	QPSK	QPSK	8	8
2	25	25		16QAM	16QAM	25	25
3	25	25		QPSK	16QAM	8	25
4 (Note 4)	50	50		QPSK	QPSK	12	12@7
5 (Note 5)	50	50		QPSK	QPSK	12	12@31
6	50	50		16QAM	16QAM	50	1
7	50	50		QPSK	16QAM	12	1
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration. which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2. Note 2: For simplifying test, PCC is mapped to the first band of the combination as listed in Uplink CA Configuration column in Table 6.2.4A.2.4.1-1. Note 3: For partial RB allocation unless RBstart is explicitly defined, for Low range place test point with RBstart=0, for High range place test point with RB_start=RB_end-L_CRB+1. Note 4: Applicable only to Low range frequency testing. Note 5: Applicable only to High range frequency testing.

Table 6.2.4A.2.4.1-7: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_03/NS_01 or network signalled value NS_01/NS_03)

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1						NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes						Low and high range for PCC Mid range for SCC(Note 3)
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.						Lowest and Highest N_RBagg(Note 2)
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
Config ID	CA Configuration / NRB_agg		DL Allocation	CC MOD		UL Allocation
	NS_03 CC	NS_01 CC	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations
	NRB	NRB	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations
1	25	25	N/A for this test	QPSK	QPSK	6	8
2	25	25		16QAM	16QAM	25	25
3	25	25		16QAM	QPSK	25	8
4	50	50		QPSK	QPSK	6	12
5	50	50		16QAM	16QAM	50	50
6	50	50		16QAM	QPSK	50	12
7	50	100		QPSK	QPSK	6	18
8	50	100		16QAM	16QAM	50	100
9	50	100		16QAM	QPSK	50	18
10	100	50		QPSK	QPSK	10	12
11	100	50		16QAM	16QAM	100	50
12	100	50		16QAM	QPSK	100	12
13	100	100		QPSK	QPSK	10	18
14	100	100		16QAM	16QAM	100	100
15	100	100		16QAM	QPSK	100	18
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration. which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2. Note 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg. only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested. Note 3: For Low range place test point with RBstart=0. For High range place test point with RB_start=RB_end-L_CRB+1. For Mid range place test point with RBstart=0 and RBstart=RB_end-LCRB+1. Note 4: Mapping of NS-value per CC and PCC/SCC selection are specified in Table 6.2.4A.2.4.1-1.

Table 6.2.4A.2.4.1-8: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_03/NS_03)

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1						NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes						Low and High range for both PCC and SCC (Note 3)
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.						Lowest and Highest N_RBagg(Note 2)
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
Config ID	CA Configuration / NRB_agg		DL Allocation	CC MOD		UL Allocation
	PCC (NS_03)	SCC (NS_03)	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations
	NRB	NRB	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations
1	15	25	N/A for this test	QPSK	QPSK	4	6
2	15	25		16QAM	16QAM	15	25
3	15	25		16QAM	QPSK	15	6
4	25	25		QPSK	QPSK	6	6
5	25	25		16QAM	16QAM	25	25
6	25	25		16QAM	QPSK	25	6
7	50	50		QPSK	QPSK	6	6
8	50	50		16QAM	16QAM	50	50
9	50	50		16QAM	QPSK	50	6
10	100	100		QPSK	QPSK	10	10
11	100	100		16QAM	16QAM	100	100
12	100	100		16QAM	QPSK	100	10
13	6	25		QPSK	QPSK	5	6
14	6	25		16QAM	16QAM	6	25
15	6	25		16QAM	QPSK	6	6
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration. which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2. Note 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg. only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested. Note 3: For Low range place test point with RBstart=0. For High range place test point with RB_start=RB_end-L_CRB+1.

Table 6.2.4A.2.4.1-9: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_03/NS_06)

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1						NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes						Low and High range for both PCC and SCC (Note 3)
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.						Lowest and Highest N_RBagg(Note 2)
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
Config ID	CA Configuration / NRB_agg		DL Allocation	CC MOD		UL Allocation
	PCC (NS_03)	SCC (NS_06)	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations
	NRB	NRB	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations
1	15	25	N/A for this test	QPSK	QPSK	4	8
2	15	25		16QAM	16QAM	15	25
3	15	25		16QAM	QPSK	15	8
4	25	15		QPSK	QPSK	6	4
5	25	15		16QAM	16QAM	25	15
6	25	15		16QAM	QPSK	25	4
7	25	25		QPSK	QPSK	6	8
8	25	25		16QAM	16QAM	25	25
9	25	25		16QAM	QPSK	25	8
10	25	50		QPSK	QPSK	6	12
11	25	50		16QAM	16QAM	25	50
12	25	50		16QAM	QPSK	25	12
13	50	50		QPSK	QPSK	6	12
14	50	50		16QAM	16QAM	50	50
15	50	50		16QAM	QPSK	50	12
16	100	50		QPSK	QPSK	10	12
17	100	50		16QAM	16QAM	100	50
18	100	50		16QAM	QPSK	100	12
19	75	25		QPSK	QPSK	8	8
20	75	25		16QAM	16QAM	75	25
21	75	25		16QAM	QPSK	75	8
22	6	25		QPSK	QPSK	5	8
23	6	25		16QAM	16QAM	6	25
24	6	25		16QAM	QPSK	6	8
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration. which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2. Note 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg. only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested. Note 3: For Low range place test point with RBstart=0. For High range place test point with RB_start=RB_end-L_CRB+1.

Table 6.2.4A.2.4.1-10: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_03/NS_07)

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1						NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes						Low and High range for both PCC and SCC (Note 3)
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.						Lowest and Highest N_RBagg(Note 2)
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
Config ID	CA Configuration / NRB_agg		DL Allocation	CC MOD		UL Allocation
	PCC (NS_03)	SCC (NS_07)	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations
	NRB	NRB	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations
1	25	50	N/A for this test	QPSK	QPSK	6	6@13
2	25	50		16QAM	16QAM	25	50
3	25	50		QPSK	16QAM	6	50
4	50	50		QPSK	QPSK	6	6@13
5	50	50		16QAM	16QAM	50	50
6	50	50		QPSK	16QAM	6	50
7	100	50		QPSK	QPSK	10	6@13
8	100	50		16QAM	16QAM	100	50
9	100	50		QPSK	16QAM	10	50
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration. which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2. Note 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg. only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested. Note 3: For Low range place test point with RBstart=0. For High range place test point with RB_start=RB_end-L_CRB+1.

Table 6.2.4A.2.4.1-11: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_03/NS_21)

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1						NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes						Low and High range for both PCC and SCC
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.						Lowest and Highest N_RBagg
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
Config ID	CA Configuration / NRB_agg		DL Allocation	CC MOD		UL Allocation
	PCC (NS_03)	SCC (NS_21)	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations
	NRB	NRB	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations
1	25	25	N/A for this test	QPSK	QPSK	6	8
2	25	25		16QAM	16QAM	25	25
3	25	25		16QAM	QPSK	25	8
4 (Note 4)	100	50		QPSK	QPSK	10	12@7
5 (Note 5)	100	50		QPSK	QPSK	10	12@31
6	100	50		16QAM	16QAM	100	1
7	100	50		QPSK	16QAM	10	1
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration. which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2. Note 2: For simplifying test, PCC is mapped to the first band of the combination as listed in Uplink CA Configuration column in Table 6.2.4A.2.4.1-1. Note 3: For partial RB allocation unless RBstart is explicitly defined, for Low range place test point with RBstart=0, for High range place test point with RB_start=RB_end-L_CRB+1. Note 4: Applicable only to Low range frequency testing. Note 5: Applicable only to High range frequency testing.

Table 6.2.4A.2.4.1-12: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_05/NS_01)

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1						NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes						Low range, Mid range for PCC In case of Low range: – For 5MHz Channel Bandwidth: 1927.2MHz (NUL = 18072) – For 10 MHz Channel Bandwidth: 1934.7 MHz (NUL = 18147) – For 20 MHz Channel Bandwidth: 1930 MHz (NUL = 18100) Mid range for SCC(Note 3)
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.						Lowest and Highest N_RBagg(Note 2)
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
Config ID	CA Configuration / NRB_agg		DL Allocation	CC MOD		UL Allocation
	PCC (NS_05)	SCC (NS_01)	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations
	NRB	NRB	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations
1	25	15	N/A for this test	QPSK	QPSK	6	4
2	25	15		16QAM	16QAM	25	6
3	25	15		16QAM	QPSK	25	4
4	25	25		QPSK	QPSK	6	6
5	25	25		16QAM	16QAM	25	25
6	25	25		16QAM	QPSK	25	6
7	25	50		QPSK	QPSK	6	12
8	25	50		16QAM	16QAM	25	25
9	25	50		16QAM	QPSK	25	12
10	50	50		QPSK	QPSK	12	12
11	50	50		16QAM	16QAM	50	25
12	50	50		16QAM	QPSK	50	12
13	100	50		QPSK	QPSK	18	12
14	100	50		16QAM	16QAM	50	25
15	100	50		16QAM	QPSK	50	12
16	100	75		QPSK	QPSK	18	16
17	100	75		16QAM	16QAM	50	25
18	100	75		16QAM	QPSK	50	16
19	100	100		QPSK	QPSK	18	18
20	100	100		16QAM	16QAM	50	25
21	100	100		16QAM	QPSK	50	18
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration. which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2. Note 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg. only the combination with the highest NRB PCC is tested. Note 3: For Low range place test point with RBstart=0. For Mid range place test point with RB_start=RB_end-L_CRB+1.

Table 6.2.4A.2.4.1-13: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_06/NS_21)

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1						NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes						Low and High range for both PCC and SCC
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.						Lowest and Highest N_RBagg
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
Config ID	CA Configuration / NRB_agg		DL Allocation	CC MOD		UL Allocation
	PCC (NS_06)	SCC (NS_21)	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations
	NRB	NRB	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations
1	25	25	N/A for this test	QPSK	QPSK	8	8
2	25	25		16QAM	16QAM	25	25
3	25	25		16QAM	QPSK	25	8
4 (Note 4)	50	50		QPSK	QPSK	12	12@7
5 (Note 5)	50	50		QPSK	QPSK	12	12@31
6	50	50		16QAM	16QAM	50	1
7	50	50		QPSK	16QAM	12	1
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration. which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2. Note 2: For simplifying test, PCC is mapped to the first band of the combination as listed in Uplink CA Configuration column in Table 6.2.4A.2.4.1-1. Note 3: For partial RB allocation unless RBstart is explicitly defined, for Low range place test point with RBstart=0, for High range place test point with RB_start=RB_end-L_CRB+1. Note 4: Applicable only to Low range frequency testing. Note 5: Applicable only to High range frequency testing.

Table 6.2.4A.2.4.1-14: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_03/NS_28)

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1						NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes						Mid range for PCC. For SCC a. 5340 MHz for config ID 1-4 b. 5520 MHz for config ID 5-8
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.						Lowest and Highest N_RBagg
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
Config ID	CA Configuration / NRB_agg		DL Allocation	CC MOD		UL Allocation
	PCC (NS_06)	SCC (NS_21)	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations
	NRB	NRB	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations
1	25	100	N/A for this test	QPSK	QPSK	6	L=1
2	25	100		16QAM	16QAM	25	L=10
3	100	100		QPSK	QPSK	10	L=1
4	100	100		16QAM	16QAM	100	L=10
5	25	100		QPSK	QPSK	6	L=1
6	25	100		16QAM	16QAM	25	L=10
7	100	100		QPSK	QPSK	10	L=1
8	100	100		16QAM	16QAM	100	L=10
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration. which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2. Note 2: For simplifying test, PCC is mapped to the first band of the combination as listed in Uplink CA Configuration column in Table 6.2.4A.2.4.1-1. Note 3: For partial RB allocation unless RBstart is explicitly defined, for Low range place test point with RBstart=0, for High range place test point with RB_start=RB_end-L_CRB+1.

Table 6.2.4A.2.4.1-15: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_03/NS_29)

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1						NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes						Mid range for PCC. For SCC, for configuration ID: a. 5180 MHz for config ID 1-4 b. 5240 MHz for config ID 5-8 c. 5260 MHz for config ID 9-12 d. 5320 MHz for config ID 13-16 e. 5500 MHz for config ID 17-20 f. 5700 MHz for config ID 21-24
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.						Lowest and Highest N_RBagg
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
Config ID	CA Configuration / NRB_agg		DL Allocation	CC MOD		UL Allocation
	PCC (NS_06)	SCC (NS_21)	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations
	NRB	NRB	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations
1	25	100	N/A for this test	QPSK	QPSK	6	L=1
2	25	100		16QAM	16QAM	25	L=10
3	100	100		QPSK	QPSK	10	L=1
4	100	100		16QAM	16QAM	100	L=10
5	25	100		QPSK	QPSK	6	L=1
6	25	100		16QAM	16QAM	25	L=10
7	100	100		QPSK	QPSK	10	L=1
8	100	100		16QAM	16QAM	100	L=10
9	25	100		QPSK	QPSK	6	L=1
10	25	100		16QAM	16QAM	25	L=10
11	100	100		QPSK	QPSK	10	L=1
12	100	100		16QAM	16QAM	100	L=10
13	25	100		QPSK	QPSK	6	L=1
14	25	100		16QAM	16QAM	25	L=10
15	100	100		QPSK	QPSK	10	L=1
16	100	100		16QAM	16QAM	100	L=10
17	25	100		QPSK	QPSK	6	L=1
18	25	100		16QAM	16QAM	25	L=10
19	100	100		QPSK	QPSK	10	L=1
20	100	100		16QAM	16QAM	100	L=10
21	25	100		QPSK	QPSK	6	L=1
22	25	100		16QAM	16QAM	25	L=10
23	100	100		QPSK	QPSK	10	L=1
24	100	100		16QAM	16QAM	100	L=10
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration. which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2. Note 2: For simplifying test, PCC is mapped to the first band of the combination as listed in Uplink CA Configuration column in Table 6.2.4A.2.4.1-1. Note 3: For partial RB allocation unless RBstart is explicitly defined, for Low range place test point with RBstart=0, for High range place test point with RB_start=RB_end-L_CRB+1.

Table 6.2.4A.2.4.1-16: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_03/NS_30)

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1						NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes						Low and High range for PCC. For SCC, for configuration ID: a. 5160 MHz for config ID 1-4 b. 5320 MHz for config ID 5-8 c. 5480 MHz for config ID 9-12 d. 5700 MHz for config ID 13-16 e. 5180 MHz for config ID 17-20
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.						Lowest and Highest N_RBagg
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
Config ID	CA Configuration / NRB_agg		DL Allocation	CC MOD		UL Allocation
	PCC (NS_06)	SCC (NS_21)	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations
	NRB	NRB	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations
1	25	100	N/A for this test	QPSK	QPSK	6	L=1
2	25	100		16QAM	16QAM	25	L=10
3	100	100		QPSK	QPSK	10	L=1
4	100	100		16QAM	16QAM	100	L=10
5	25	100		QPSK	QPSK	6	L=1
6	25	100		16QAM	16QAM	25	L=10
7	100	100		QPSK	QPSK	10	L=1
8	100	100		16QAM	16QAM	100	L=10
9	25	100		QPSK	QPSK	6	L=1
10	25	100		16QAM	16QAM	25	L=10
11	100	100		QPSK	QPSK	10	L=1
12	100	100		16QAM	16QAM	100	L=10
13	25	100		QPSK	QPSK	6	L=1
14	25	100		16QAM	16QAM	25	L=10
15	100	100		QPSK	QPSK	10	L=1
16	100	100		16QAM	16QAM	100	L=10
17	25	100		QPSK	QPSK	6	L=1
18	25	100		16QAM	16QAM	25	L=10
19	100	100		QPSK	QPSK	10	L=1
20	100	100		16QAM	16QAM	100	L=10
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration. which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2. Note 2: For simplifying test, PCC is mapped to the first band of the combination as listed in Uplink CA Configuration column in Table 6.2.4A.2.4.1-1. Note 3: For partial RB allocation unless RBstart is explicitly defined, for Low range place test point with RBstart=0, for High range place test point with RB_start=RB_end-L_CRB+1.

Table 6.2.4A.2.4.1-17: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_03/NS_31)

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1						NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes						Low and High range for PCC. For SCC, for configuration ID: a. 5160 MHz for config ID 1-4 b. 5260 MHz for config ID 5-8 c. 5700 MHz for config ID 9-12 d. 5745 MHz for config ID 13-16 e. 5600 MHz for config ID 17-20
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.						Lowest and Highest N_RBagg
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
Config ID	CA Configuration / NRB_agg		DL Allocation	CC MOD		UL Allocation
	PCC (NS_06)	SCC (NS_21)	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations
	NRB	NRB	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations
1	25	100	N/A for this test	QPSK	QPSK	6	L=1
2	25	100		16QAM	16QAM	25	L=10
3	100	100		QPSK	QPSK	10	L=1
4	100	100		16QAM	16QAM	100	L=10
5	25	100		QPSK	QPSK	6	L=1
6	25	100		16QAM	16QAM	25	L=10
7	100	100		QPSK	QPSK	10	L=1
8	100	100		16QAM	16QAM	100	L=10
9	25	100		QPSK	QPSK	6	L=1
10	25	100		16QAM	16QAM	25	L=10
11	100	100		QPSK	QPSK	10	L=1
12	100	100		16QAM	16QAM	100	L=10
13	25	100		QPSK	QPSK	6	L=1
14	25	100		16QAM	16QAM	25	L=10
15	100	100		QPSK	QPSK	10	L=1
16	100	100		16QAM	16QAM	100	L=10
17	25	100		QPSK	QPSK	6	L=1
18	25	100		16QAM	16QAM	25	L=10
19	100	100		QPSK	QPSK	10	L=1
20	100	100		16QAM	16QAM	100	L=10
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration. which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2. Note 2: For simplifying test, PCC is mapped to the first band of the combination as listed in Uplink CA Configuration column in Table 6.2.4A.2.4.1-1. Note 3: For partial RB allocation unless RBstart is explicitly defined, for Low range place test point with RBstart=0, for High range place test point with RB_start=RB_end-L_CRB+1.

Table 6.2.4A.2.4.1-18: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_01/NS_04)

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1						NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes						Low and High range for PCC. Low range for SCC
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.						Lowest and Highest N_RBagg
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
Config ID	CA Configuration / NRB_agg		DL Allocation	CC MOD		UL Allocation
	PCC (NS_01)	SCC (NS_04)	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations
	NRB	NRB	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations
1	25	25	N/A for this test	QPSK	QPSK	6@0	6@9
2	25	25		16QAM	16QAM	25@0	25@0
3	25	25		QPSK	16QAM	6@0	25@0
4	100	100		QPSK	QPSK	18@0	18@77
5	100	100		16QAM	16QAM	100@0	100@0
6	100	100		QPSK	16QAM	18@0	100@0
7	15	25		QPSK	QPSK	4@0	6@9
8	15	25		16QAM	16QAM	15@0	25@0
9	15	25		QPSK	16QAM	4@0	25@0
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration. which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2. Note 2: For simplifying test, PCC is mapped to the first band of the combination as listed in Uplink CA Configuration column in Table 6.2.4A.2.4.1-1.

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A Figure group A.32 as appropriate.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL Reference Measurement channel is set according to the applicable table from Table 6.2.4A.2.4.1-2 to 6.2.4A.2.4.1-13.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.2.4A.2.4.3.

6.2.4A.2.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.0 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 6.2.4A.2.4.3.

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to the applicable from Table 6.2.4A.2.4.1-2 to Table 6.2.4A.2.4.1-13 on both PCC and SCC. Since the UE has no payload and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

5. Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in every uplink scheduling information to the UE; allow at least 200ms for the UE to reach P_UMAX level.

6.2.4A.2.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6. The following exceptions apply for each network signalled value.

6.2.4A.2.4.3.1 Message contents exceptions (network signalled value " NS_03" on PCC)

1. Information element additionalSpectrumEmission is set to NS_03 for PCC. This can be set in the SystemInformationblockType2 as part of the cell broadcast message.

Table 6.2.4A.2.4.3.1-1: SystemInformationBlockType2: Additional spurious emissions test requirement for "NS_03" on PCC

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.3, Table 4.4.3.3-1
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
additionalSpectrumEmission	3 (NS_03)

6.2.4A.2.4.3.2 Message contents exceptions (network signalled value " NS_03" on SCC)

1. Information element additionalSpectrumEmission is set to NS_03 for SCC. This can be set in the SystemInformationblockType2 as part of the cell broadcast message.

Table 6.2.4A.2.4.3.2-1: SystemInformationBlockType2: Additional spurious emissions test requirement for "NS_03" on SCC

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.3, Table 4.4.3.3-1
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
additionalSpectrumEmission	3 (NS_03)

2. Information element additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10 is set to NS_03 for SCC. This can be set in the RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10-DEFAULT as part of the common RRC messages.

Table 6.2.4A.2.4.3.2-2: RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10-DEFAULT: Additional spectrum emission test requirement for "NS_03" on SCC

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-13A
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10	3 (NS_03)

6.2.4A.2.4.3.3 Message contents exceptions (network signalled value " NS_05" on PCC)

1. Information element additionalSpectrumEmission is set to NS_05 for PCC. This can be set in the SystemInformationblockType2 as part of the cell broadcast message.

Table 6.2.4A.2.4.3.3-1: SystemInformationBlockType2: Additional spurious emissions test requirement for "NS_05" on PCC

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.3, Table 4.4.3.3-1
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
additionalSpectrumEmission	5 (NS_05)

6.2.4A.2.4.3.4 Message contents exceptions (network signalled value " NS_06" on SCC)

1. Information element additionalSpectrumEmission is set to NS_06 for SCC. This can be set in the SystemInformationblockType2 as part of the cell broadcast message.

Table 6.2.4A.2.4.3.4-1: SystemInformationBlockType2: Additional spurious emissions test requirement for "NS_06" on SCC

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.3, Table 4.4.3.3-1
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
additionalSpectrumEmission	6 (NS_06)

2. Information element additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10 is set to NS_06 for SCC. This can be set in the RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10-DEFAULT as part of the common RRC messages.

Table 6.2.4A.2.4.3.4-2: RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10-DEFAULT: Additional spectrum emission test requirement for "NS_06" on SCC

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-13A
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10	6 (NS_06)

6.2.4A.2.4.3.5 Message contents exceptions (network signalled value " NS_07" on SCC)

1. Information element additionalSpectrumEmission is set to NS_07 for SCC. This can be set in the SystemInformationblockType2 as part of the cell broadcast message.

Table 6.2.4A.2.4.3.5-1: SystemInformationBlockType2: Additional spurious emissions test requirement for "NS_07" on SCC

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.3, Table 4.4.3.3-1
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
additionalSpectrumEmission	7 (NS_07)

2. Information element additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10 is set to NS_07 for SCC. This can be set in the RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10-DEFAULT as part of the common RRC messages.

Table 6.2.4A.2.4.3.5-2: RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10-DEFAULT: Additional spectrum emission test requirement for "NS_07" on SCC

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-13A
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10	7 (NS_07)

6.2.4A.2.4.3.6 Message contents exceptions (network signalled value " NS_12" on SCC)

1. Information element additionalSpectrumEmission is set to NS_12 for SCC. This can be set in the SystemInformationblockType2 as part of the cell broadcast message.

Table 6.2.4A.2.4.3.6-1: SystemInformationBlockType2: Additional spurious emissions test requirement for "NS_12" on SCC

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.3, Table 4.4.3.3-1
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
additionalSpectrumEmission	12 (NS_12)

2. Information element additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10 is set to NS_12 for SCC. This can be set in the RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10-DEFAULT as part of the common RRC messages.

Table 6.2.4A.2.4.3.6-2: RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10-DEFAULT: Additional spectrum emission test requirement for "NS_12" on SCC

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-13A
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10	12 (NS_12)

6.2.4A.2.4.3.7 Message contents exceptions (network signalled value " NS_15" on SCC)

1. Information element additionalSpectrumEmission is set to NS_15 for SCC. This can be set in the SystemInformationblockType2 as part of the cell broadcast message.

Table 6.2.4A.2.4.3.7-1: SystemInformationBlockType2: Additional spurious emissions test requirement for "NS_15" on SCC

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.3, Table 4.4.3.3-1
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
additionalSpectrumEmission	15 (NS_15)

2. Information element additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10 is set to NS_15 for SCC. This can be set in the RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10-DEFAULT as part of the common RRC messages.

Table 6.2.4A.2.4.3.7-2: RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10-DEFAULT: Additional spectrum emission test requirement for "NS_15" on SCC

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-13A
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10	15 (NS_15)

6.2.4A.2.4.3.8 Message contents exceptions (network signalled value " NS_21" on SCC)

1. Information element additionalSpectrumEmission is set to NS_21 for SCC. This can be set in the SystemInformationblockType2 as part of the cell broadcast message.

Table 6.2.4A.2.4.3.8-1: SystemInformationBlockType2: Additional spurious emissions test requirement for "NS_21" on SCC

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.3, Table 4.4.3.3-1
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
additionalSpectrumEmission	21 (NS_21)

2. Information element additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10 is set to NS_21 for SCC. This can be set in the RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10-DEFAULT as part of the common RRC messages.

Table 6.2.4A.2.4.3.8-2: RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10-DEFAULT: Additional spectrum emission test requirement for "NS_21" on SCC

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-13A
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10	21 (NS_21)

6.2.4A.2.4.3.9 Message contents exceptions (network signalled value " NS_28" on SCC)

1. Information element additionalSpectrumEmission is set to NS_28 for SCC. This can be set in the SystemInformationblockType2 as part of the cell broadcast message.

Table 6.2.4A.2.4.3.9-1: SystemInformationBlockType2: Additional spurious emissions test requirement for "NS_28" on SCC

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.3, Table 4.4.3.3-1
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
additionalSpectrumEmission	28 (NS_28)

2. Information element additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10 is set to NS_28 for SCC. This can be set in the RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10-DEFAULT as part of the common RRC messages.

Table 6.2.4A.2.4.3.9-2: RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10-DEFAULT: Additional spectrum emission test requirement for "NS_28" on SCC

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-13A
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10	28 (NS_28)

6.2.4A.2.4.3.10 Message contents exceptions (network signalled value " NS_29" on SCC)

1. Information element additionalSpectrumEmission is set to NS_29 for SCC. This can be set in the SystemInformationblockType2 as part of the cell broadcast message.

Table 6.2.4A.2.4.3.10-1: SystemInformationBlockType2: Additional spurious emissions test requirement for "NS_29" on SCC

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.3, Table 4.4.3.3-1
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
additionalSpectrumEmission	29 (NS_29)

2. Information element additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10 is set to NS_29 for SCC. This can be set in the RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10-DEFAULT as part of the common RRC messages.

Table 6.2.4A.2.4.3.10-2: RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10-DEFAULT: Additional spectrum emission test requirement for "NS_29" on SCC

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-13A
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10	29 (NS_29)

6.2.4A.2.4.3.11 Message contents exceptions (network signalled value " NS_30" on SCC)

1. Information element additionalSpectrumEmission is set to NS_30 for SCC. This can be set in the SystemInformationblockType2 as part of the cell broadcast message.

Table 6.2.4A.2.4.3.11-1: SystemInformationBlockType2: Additional spurious emissions test requirement for "NS_30" on SCC

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.3, Table 4.4.3.3-1
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
additionalSpectrumEmission	30 (NS_30)

2. Information element additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10 is set to NS_30 for SCC. This can be set in the RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10-DEFAULT as part of the common RRC messages.

Table 6.2.4A.2.4.3.11-2: RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10-DEFAULT: Additional spectrum emission test requirement for "NS_30" on SCC

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-13A
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10	30 (NS_30)

6.2.4A.2.4.3.12 Message contents exceptions (network signalled value " NS_31" on SCC)

1. Information element additionalSpectrumEmission is set to NS_31 for SCC. This can be set in the SystemInformationblockType2 as part of the cell broadcast message.

Table 6.2.4A.2.4.3.12-1: SystemInformationBlockType2: Additional spurious emissions test requirement for "NS_31" on SCC

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.3, Table 4.4.3.3-1
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
additionalSpectrumEmission	31 (NS_31)

2. Information element additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10 is set to NS_31 for SCC. This can be set in the RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10-DEFAULT as part of the common RRC messages.

Table 6.2.4A.2.4.3.12-2: RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10-DEFAULT: Additional spectrum emission test requirement for "NS_31" on SCC

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-13A
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10	31 (NS_31)

6.2.4A.2.4.3.13 Message contents exceptions (network signalled value " NS_04" on SCC)

1. Information element additionalSpectrumEmission is set to NS_04 for SCC. This can be set in the SystemInformationblockType2 as part of the cell broadcast message.

Table 6.2.4A.2.4.3.13-1: SystemInformationBlockType2: Additional spurious emissions test requirement for "NS_04" on SCC

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.3, Table 4.4.3.3-1
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
additionalSpectrumEmission	04 (NS_04)

2. Information element additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10 is set to NS_31 for SCC. This can be set in the RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10-DEFAULT as part of the common RRC messages.

Table 6.2.4A.2.4.3.13-2: RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10-DEFAULT: Additional spectrum emission test requirement for "NS_04" on SCC

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-13A
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10	04 (NS_04)

6.2.4A.2.5 Test requirements

The maximum output power, derived in step 6 shall be within the range prescribed by the nominal maximum output power and tolerance in the applicable table from Table 6.2.4A.2.5-1 to Table 6.2.4A.2.5-16. For the UE maximum output power modified by A-MPR specified in sub-clause 6.2.4A.2.3, the power limits specified in Table 6.2.5A.3.3-1 apply.

Table 6.2.4A.2.5-1: Test requirement (network signalled value NS_01/NS_03 or network signalled value NS_03/NS_01)

Config ID	MPR_c (dB)		A-MPR_c (dB)		ΔT_C,c (dB)		P_CMAX,c (dBm)		P_CMAX (dBm)	T_LOW(P_CMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
Config ID	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	P_CMAX (dBm)	T_LOW(P_CMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
1	0	0	0	0	1.5	0	21.5	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
2	2	2	1	0	0	0	20	21	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
3	2	0	1	0	0	0	20	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
4	0	0	0	0	1.5	0	21.5	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
5	2	2	1	0	0	0	20	21	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
6	2	0	1	0	0	0	20	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
7	0	0	0	0	0	0	23	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
8	2	2	1	0	0	0	20	21	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
9	2	0	1	0	0	0	20	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
10	0	0	0	0	1.5	0	21.5	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
11	2	2	1	0	0	0	20	21	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
12	2	0	1	0	0	0	20	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
13	0	0	0	0	0	0	23	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
14	2	2	1	0	0	0	20	21	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
15	2	0	1	0	0	0	20	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
Note 1: Lower limit is assuming ΔTIB,c is zero. If non-zero. PCMAX,c will decrease and T(PCMAX_L,c) may be higher resulting in different test requirements according to Table 6.2.5.3-1. Note 2: ΔTC,c does not apply in all bands. For bands without this lower limit is 19.3 dBm in all test points

Table 6.2.4A.2.5-2: Test requirement (network signalled value NS_01/NS_06)

Config ID	MPR_c (dB)		A-MPR_c (dB)		ΔT_C,c (dB)		P_CMAX,c (dBm)		P_CMAX (dBm)	T_LOW(P_CMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
Config ID	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	P_CMAX (dBm)	T_LOW(P_CMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
1	0	0	0	0	0	1.5	23	21.5	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
2	2	2	0	0	0	1.5	21	19.5	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
3	0	2	0	0	0	1.5	23	19.5	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
4	0	0	0	0	0	1.5	23	21.5	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
5	2	2	0	0	0	1.5	21	19.5	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
6	0	2	0	0	0	1.5	23	19.5	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
Note 1: Lower limit is assuming ΔTIB,c is zero. If non-zero. PCMAX,c will decrease and T(PCMAX_L,c) may be higher resulting in different test requirements according to Table 6.2.5.3-1.

Table 6.2.4A.2.5-3: Test requirement (network signalled value NS_01/NS_12)

Config ID	MPR_c (dB)		A-MPR_c (dB)		ΔT_C,c (dB)		P_CMAX,c (dBm)		P_CMAX (dBm)	T_LOW(P_CMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
Config ID	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	P_CMAX (dBm)	T_LOW(P_CMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
1	0	0	0	0	1.5	1.5	21.5	21.5	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
2	2	1	0	5	1.5	1.5	19.5	15.5	21.0	5	25.7	15.3
3	0	1	0	5	1.5	1.5	21.5	15.5	22.5	5	25.7	16.8
4	0	0	0	0	1.5	0	21.5	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
5	2	2	0	4	1.5	1.5	19.5	15.5	21.0	5	25.7	15.3
6	0	2	0	4	1.5	1.5	21.5	15.5	22.5	5	25.7	16.8
7	0	0	0	0	1.5	0	21.5	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
8	2	2	0	4	0	0	21	17	22.5	5	25.7	16.8
9	0	2	0	4	1.5	0	21.5	17	22.8	5	25.7	17.1
Note 1: Lower limit is assuming ΔTIB,c is zero. If non-zero. PCMAX,c will decrease and T(PCMAX_L,c) may be higher resulting in different test requirements according to Table 6.2.5.3-1.

Table 6.2.4A.2.5-4: Test requirement (network signalled value NS_01/NS_15)

Config ID	MPR_c (dB)		A-MPR_c (dB)		ΔT_C,c (dB)		P_CMAX,c (dBm)		P_CMAX (dBm)	T_LOW(P_CMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
Config ID	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	P_CMAX (dBm)	T_LOW(P_CMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
1	0	0	0	0	1.5	1.5	21.5	21.5	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
2	2	2	0	9	1.5	1.5	19.5	10.5	20.0	6	25.7	13.3
3	0	2	0	9	1.5	1.5	21.5	10.5	21.8	5	25.7	16.1
4	0	0	0	0	1.5	0	21.5	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
5	2	2	0	9	1.5	1.5	19.5	10.5	20.0	6	25.7	13.3
6	0	2	0	9	1.5	1.5	21.5	10.5	21.8	5	25.7	16.1
7	0	0	0	0	1.5	0	21.5	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
8	2	2	0	9	0	0	21	12	21.5	5	25.7	15.8
9	0	2	0	9	0	0	21.5	12	23	5	25.7	19.3
Note 1: Lower limit is assuming ΔTIB,c is zero. If non-zero. PCMAX,c will decrease and T(PCMAX_L,c) may be higher resulting in different test requirements according to Table 6.2.5.3-1.

Table 6.2.4A.2.5-5: Test requirement (network signalled value NS_01/NS_17)

Config ID	MPR_c (dB)		A-MPR_c (dB)		ΔT_C,c (dB)		P_CMAX,c (dBm)		P_CMAX (dBm)	T_LOW(P_CMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
Config ID	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	P_CMAX (dBm)	T_LOW(P_CMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
1	0	0	0	0	0	0	23	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
2	2	2	0	0	0	0	21	21	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
3	2	0	0	0	0	0	21	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
4	0	0	0	0	0	0	23	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
5	2	2	0	0	0	0	21	21	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
6	2	0	0	0	0	0	21	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
7	0	0	0	0	0	0	23	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
8	2	2	1	0	0	0	20	21	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
9	2	0	1	0	0	0	20	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
10	0	0	0	0	0	0	23	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
11	2	2	1	0	0	0	20	21	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
12	2	0	1	0	0	0	20	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
Note 1: Lower limit is assuming ΔTIB,c is zero. If non-zero. PCMAX,c will decrease and T(PCMAX_L,c) may be higher resulting in different test requirements according to Table 6.2.5.3-1.

Table 6.2.4A.2.5-6: Test requirement (network signalled value NS_01/NS_21)

Config ID	MPR_c (dB)		A-MPR_c (dB)		ΔT_C,c (dB)		P_CMAX,c (dBm)		P_CMAX (dBm)	T_LOW(P_CMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
Config ID	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	P_CMAX (dBm)	T_LOW(P_CMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
1	0	0	0	0	0	0	23	23	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
2	2	2	0	0	0	0	21	21	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
3	0	2	0	0	0	0	23	21	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
4	0	0	0	0	0	0	23	23	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
5	0	0	0	0	0	0	23	23	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
6	2	1	0	4	0	0	21	18	22.8	5.0	25.7	17.1
7	0	1	0	4	0	0	23	18	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
Note 1: Lower limit is assuming ΔTIB,c is zero. If non-zero. PCMAX,c will decrease and T(PCMAX_L,c) may be higher resulting in different test requirements according to Table 6.2.5.3-1.

Table 6.2.4A.2.5-7: Test requirement (network signalled value NS_03/NS_03)

Config ID	MPR_c (dB)		A-MPR_c (dB)		ΔT_C,c (dB)		P_CMAX,c (dBm)		P_CMAX (dBm)	T_LOW(P_CMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
Config ID	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	P_CMAX (dBm)	T_LOW(P_CMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
1	0	0	0	0	1.5	0	21.5	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
2	2	2	1	1	1.5	0	18.5	20	22.3	5	25.7	16.6
3	2	0	1	0	1.5	0	18.5	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
4	0	0	0	0	1.5	0	21.5	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
5	2	2	1	1	0	0	20	20	23	3	25.7	19.3
6	2	0	1	0	1.5	0	18.5	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
7	0	0	0	0	1.5	0	21.5	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
8	2	2	1	1	0	0	20	20	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
9	2	0	1	0	0	0	20	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
10	0	0	0	0	1.5	0	21.5	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
11	2	2	1	1	0	0	20	20	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
12	2	0	1	0	0	0	20	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
13	0	0	0	0	1.5	1.5	21.5	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
14	2	2	0	0	1.5	1.5	19.5	19.5	22.5	5	25.7	16.8
15	2	0	0	0	1.5	1.5	19.5	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
Note 1: Lower limit is assuming ΔTIB,c is zero. If non-zero. PCMAX,c will decrease and T(PCMAX_L,c) may be higher resulting in different test requirements according to Table 6.2.5.3-1. Note 2: ΔTC,c does not apply in all bands. For bands without this lower limit is 19.3 dBm in all test points

Table 6.2.4A.2.5-8: Test requirement (network signalled value NS_03/NS_06)

Config ID	MPR_c (dB)		A-MPR_c (dB)		ΔT_C,c (dB)		P_CMAX,c (dBm)		P_CMAX (dBm)	T_LOW(P_CMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
Config ID	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	P_CMAX (dBm)	T_LOW(P_CMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
1	0	0	0	0	1.5	1.5	21.5	21.5	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
2	2	2	1	0	1.5	0	18.5	21	22.9	5	25.7	17.2
3	2	0	1	0	1.5	1.5	18.5	21.5	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
4	0	0	0	0	1.5	1.5	21.5	21.5	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
5	2	2	1	0	0	0	20	21	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
6	2	0	1	0	0	1.5	20	21.5	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
7	0	0	0	0	1.5	1.5	21.5	21.5	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
8	2	2	1	0	0	0	20	21	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
9	2	0	1	0	0	1.5	20	21.5	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
10	0	0	0	0	1.5	1.5	21.5	21.5	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
11	2	2	1	0	0	0	20	21	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
12	2	0	1	0	0	1.5	20	21.5	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
13	0	0	0	0	1.5	1.5	21.5	21.5	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
14	2	2	1	0	0	0	20	21	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
15	2	0	1	0	0	1.5	20	21.5	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
16	0	0	0	0	1.5	1.5	21.5	21.5	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
17	2	2	1	0	0	0	20	21	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
18	2	0	1	0	0	1.5	20	21.5	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
19	0	0	0	0	1.5	1.5	21.5	21.5	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
20	2	2	1	0	0	0	20	21	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
21	2	0	1	0	0	1.5	20	21.5	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
22	0	0	0	0	1.5	1.5	21.5	21.5	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
23	2	2	0	0	1.5	1.5	19.5	19.5	22.5	5	25.7	16.8
24	2	0	0	0	1.5	1.5	19.5	21.5	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
Note 1: Lower limit is assuming ΔTIB,c is zero. If non-zero. PCMAX,c will decrease and T(PCMAX_L,c) may be higher resulting in different test requirements according to Table 6.2.5.3-1. Note 2: ΔTC,c does not apply in all bands. For bands without this lower limit is 19.3 dBm in all test points

Table 6.2.4A.2.5-9: Test requirement (network signalled value NS_03/NS_07)

Config ID	MPR_c (dB)		A-MPR_c (dB)		ΔT_C,c (dB)		P_CMAX,c (dBm)		P_CMAX (dBm)	T_LOW(P_CMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
Config ID	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	P_CMAX (dBm)	T_LOW(P_CMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
CA_2A-13A
1	0	0	0	0	1.5	0	21.5	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
2	2	2	1	12	0	0	20	9	20.3	6	25.7	13.6
3	0	2	0	12	1.5	0	21.5	9	21.7	5	25.7	16.0
4	0	0	0	0	1.5	0	21.5	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
5	2	2	1	12	0	0	20	9	20.3	6	25.7	13.6
6	0	2	0	12	1.5	0	21.5	9	21.7	5	25.7	16.0
7	0	0	0	0	1.5	0	21.5	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
8	2	2	1	12	0	0	20	9	20.3	6	25.7	13.6
9	0	2	0	12	1.5	0	21.5	9	21.7	5	25.7	16.0
CA_4A-13A
1	0	0	0	0	0	0	23	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
2	2	2	1	12	0	0	20	9	20.3	6	25.7	13.6
3	0	2	0	12	0	0	23	9	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
4	0	0	0	0	0	0	23	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
5	2	2	1	12	0	0	20	9	20.3	6	25.7	13.6
6	0	2	0	12	0	0	23	9	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
7	0	0	0	0	0	0	23	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
8	2	2	1	12	0	0	20	9	20.3	6	25.7	13.6
9	0	2	0	12	0	0	23	9	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
Note 1: Lower limit is assuming ΔTIB,c is zero. If non-zero. PCMAX,c will decrease and T(PCMAX_L,c) may be higher resulting in different test requirements according to Table 6.2.5.3-1. Note 2: ΔTC,c does not apply in all bands. For bands without this lower limit is 19.3 dBm in all test points

Table 6.2.4A.2.5-10: Test requirement (network signalled value NS_03/NS_21)

Config ID	MPR_c (dB)		A-MPR_c (dB)		ΔT_C,c (dB)		P_CMAX,c (dBm)		P_CMAX (dBm)	T_LOW(P_CMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
Config ID	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	P_CMAX (dBm)	T_LOW(P_CMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
1	0	0	0	0	1.5	0	21.5	23	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
2	2	2	1	0	0	0	20	21	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
3	2	0	1	0	0	0	20	23	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
4	0	0	0	0	1.5	0	21.5	23	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
5	0	0	0	0	1.5	0	21.5	23	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
6	2	1	1	4	0	0	20	18	22.1	5.0	25.7	16.4
7	0	1	0	4	1.5	0	21.5	18	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
Note 1: Lower limit is assuming ΔTIB,c is zero. If non-zero. PCMAX,c will decrease and T(PCMAX_L,c) may be higher resulting in different test requirements according to Table 6.2.5.3-1.

Table 6.2.4A.2.5-11: Test requirement (network signalled value NS_05/NS_01)

Config ID	MPR_c (dB)		A-MPR_c (dB)		ΔT_C,c (dB)		P_CMAX,c (dBm)		P_CMAX (dBm)	T_LOW(P_CMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
Config ID	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	P_CMAX (dBm)	T_LOW(P_CMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
1	0	0	0	0	0	0	23	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
2	2	2	0	0	0	0	21	21	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
3	2	0	0	0	0	0	21	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
4	0	0	0	0	0	0	23	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
5	2	2	0	0	0	0	21	21	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
6	2	0	0	0	0	0	21	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
7	0	0	0	0	0	0	23	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
8	2	2	0	0	0	0	21	21	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
9	2	0	0	0	0	0	21	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
10	0	0	0	0	0	0	23	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
11	2	2	1	0	0	0	20	21	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
12	2	0	1	0	0	0	20	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
13	0	0	11	0	0	0	12	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
14	2	2	11	0	0	0	10	21	21.3	5	25.7	15.6 ^{Note 3}
15	2	0	11	0	0	0	10	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
16	0	0	11	0	0	0	12	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
17	2	2	11	0	0	0	10	21	21.3	5	25.7	15.6^{Note 3}
18	2	0	11	0	0	0	10	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
19	0	0	11	0	0	0	12	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
20	2	2	11	0	0	0	10	21	21.3	5	25.7	15.6 ^{Note 3}
21	2	0	11	0	0	0	10	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
Note 1: Lower limit is assuming ΔTIB,c is zero. If non-zero. PCMAX,c will decrease and T(PCMAX_L,c) may be higher resulting in different test requirements according to Table 6.2.5.3-1. Note 2: Void Note 3: For PCC in mid frequency range the lower limit is 19.3 dBm.

Table 6.2.4A.2.5-12: Test requirement (network signalled value NS_06/NS_21)

Config ID	MPR_c (dB)		A-MPR_c (dB)		ΔT_C,c (dB)		P_CMAX,c (dBm)		P_CMAX (dBm)	T_LOW(P_CMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
Config ID	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	P_CMAX (dBm)	T_LOW(P_CMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
1	0	0	0	0	1.5	0	21.5	23	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
2	2	2	0	0	0	0	21	21	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
3	2	0	0	0	0	0	21	23	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
4	0	0	0	0	1.5	0	21.5	23	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
5	0	0	0	0	1.5	0	21.5	23	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
6	2	1	0	4	0	0	21	18	22.8	5.0	25.7	17.1
7	0	1	0	4	1.5	0	21.5	18	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
Note 1: Lower limit is assuming ΔTIB,c is zero. If non-zero. PCMAX,c will decrease and T(PCMAX_L,c) may be higher resulting in different test requirements according to Table 6.2.5.3-1.

Table 6.2.4A.2.5-13: Test requirement (network signalled value NS_03/NS_28)

Config ID	MPRc (dB)		A-MPRc (dB)		ΔTC,c (dB)		PCMAX,c (dBm)		PCMAX (dBm)	TLOW(PCMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
Config ID	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCMAX (dBm)	TLOW(PCMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
1	0	2.5	0	8	0	0	23	12.5	23.0	3	25.7	18.5
2	2	2	1	9	0	0	20	12	20.6	6	25.7	13.1
3	0	2.5	0	8	0	0	23	12.5	23.0	3	25.7	18.5
4	2	2	1	9	0	0	20	12	20.6	6	25.7	13.1
5	0	2.5	0	2	0	0	23	18.5	23.0	3	25.7	18.5
6	2	2	1	2	0	0	20	19	22.5	5	25.7	16.0
7	0	2.5	0	2	0	0	23	18.5	23.0	3	25.7	18.5
8	2	2	1	2	0	0	20	19	22.5	5	25.7	16.0
Note 1: Lower limit is assuming ΔTIB,c is zero. If non-zero. PCMAX,c will decrease and T(PCMAX_L,c) may be higher resulting in different test requirements according to Table 6.2.5.3-1.

Table 6.2.4A.2.5-14: Test requirement (network signalled value NS_03/NS_29)

Config ID	MPRc (dB)		A-MPRc (dB)		ΔTC,c (dB)		PCMAX,c (dBm)		PCMAX (dBm)	TLOW(PCMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
Config ID	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCMAX (dBm)	TLOW(PCMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
1	0	2.5	0	1	0	0	23	19.5	23.0	3	25.7	18.5
2	2	2	1	2	0	0	20	19	22.5	5	25.7	16.0
3	0	2.5	0	1	0	0	23	19.5	23.0	3	25.7	18.5
4	2	2	1	2	0	0	20	19	22.5	5	25.7	16.0
5	0	2.5	0	1	0	0	23	19.5	23.0	3	25.7	18.5
6	2	2	1	2	0	0	20	19	22.5	5	25.7	16.0
7	0	2.5	0	1	0	0	23	19.5	23.0	3	25.7	18.5
8	2	2	1	2	0	0	20	19	22.5	5	25.7	16.0
9	0	2.5	0	1	0	0	23	19.5	23.0	3	25.7	18.5
10	2	2	1	2	0	0	20	19	22.5	5	25.7	16.0
11	0	2.5	0	1	0	0	23	19.5	23.0	3	25.7	18.5
12	2	2	1	2	0	0	20	19	22.5	5	25.7	16.0
13	0	2.5	0	1	0	0	23	19.5	23.0	3	25.7	18.5
14	2	2	1	2	0	0	20	19	22.5	5	25.7	16.0
15	0	2.5	0	1	0	0	23	19.5	23.0	3	25.7	18.5
16	2	2	1	2	0	0	20	19	22.5	5	25.7	16.0
17	0	2.5	0	1	0	0	23	19.5	23.0	3	25.7	18.5
18	2	2	1	2	0	0	20	19	22.5	5	25.7	16.0
19	0	2.5	0	1	0	0	23	19.5	23.0	3	25.7	18.5
20	2	2	1	2	0	0	20	19	22.5	5	25.7	16.0
21	0	2.5	0	1	0	0	23	19.5	23.0	3	25.7	18.5
22	2	2	1	2	0	0	20	19	22.5	5	25.7	16.0
23	0	2.5	0	1	0	0	23	19.5	23.0	3	25.7	18.5
24	2	2	1	2	0	0	20	19	22.5	5	25.7	16.0
Note 1: Lower limit is assuming ΔTIB,c is zero. If non-zero. PCMAX,c will decrease and T(PCMAX_L,c) may be higher resulting in different test requirements according to Table 6.2.5.3-1.

Table 6.2.4A.2.5-15: Test requirement (network signalled value NS_03/NS_30)

Config ID	MPRc (dB)		A-MPRc (dB)		ΔTC,c (dB)		PCMAX,c (dBm)		PCMAX (dBm)	TLOW(PCMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
Config ID	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCMAX (dBm)	TLOW(PCMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
1	0	2.5	0	16	0	0	23	4.5	23.0	3	25.7	18.5
2	2	2	1	15	0	0	20	6	20.2	6	25.7	12.7
3	0	2.5	0	16	0	0	23	4.5	23.0	3	25.7	18.5
4	2	2	1	15	0	0	20	6	20.2	6	25.7	12.7
5	0	2.5	0	3	0	0	23	17.5	23.0	3	25.7	18.5
6	2	2	1	3	0	0	20	18	22.1	5	25.7	15.6
7	0	2.5	0	3	0	0	23	17.5	23.0	3	25.7	18.5
8	2	2	1	3	0	0	20	18	22.1	5	25.7	15.6
9	0	2.5	0	11	0	0	23	9.5	23.0	3	25.7	18.5
10	2	2	1	11	0	0	20	10	20.4	6	25.7	12.9
11	0	2.5	0	11	0	0	23	9.5	23.0	3	25.7	18.5
12	2	2	1	11	0	0	20	10	20.4	6	25.7	12.9
13	0	2.5	0	6	0	0	23	14.5	23.0	3	25.7	18.5
14	2	2	1	6	0	0	20	15	21.2	5	25.7	14.7
15	0	2.5	0	6	0	0	23	14.5	23.0	3	25.7	18.5
16	2	2	1	6	0	0	20	15	21.2	5	25.7	14.7
17	0	2.5	0	NA	0	0	23	NA	NA	NA	NA	NA
18	2	2	1	1	0	0	20	20	23.0	3	25.7	18.5
19	0	2.5	0	NA	0	0	23	NA	NA	NA	NA	NA
20	2	2	1	1	0	0	20	20	23.0	3	25.7	18.5
Note 1: Lower limit is assuming ΔTIB,c is zero. If non-zero. PCMAX,c will decrease and T(PCMAX_L,c) may be higher resulting in different test requirements according to Table 6.2.5.3-1.

Table 6.2.4A.2.5-16: Test requirement (network signalled value NS_03/NS_31)

Config ID	MPRc (dB)		A-MPRc (dB)		ΔTC,c (dB)		PCMAX,c (dBm)		PCMAX (dBm)	TLOW(PCMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
Config ID	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCMAX (dBm)	TLOW(PCMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
1	0	2.5	0	7	0	0	23	13.5	23.0	3	25.7	18.5
2	2	2	1	7	0	0	20	14	21.0	5	25.7	14.5
3	0	2.5	0	7	0	0	23	13.5	23.0	3	25.7	18.5
4	2	2	1	7	0	0	20	14	21.0	5	25.7	14.5
5	0	2.5	0	6	0	0	23	14.5	23.0	3	25.7	18.5
6	2	2	1	6	0	0	20	15	21.2	5	25.7	14.7
7	0	2.5	0	6	0	0	23	14.5	23.0	3	25.7	18.5
8	2	2	1	6	0	0	20	15	21.2	5	25.7	14.7
9	0	2.5	0	6	0	0	23	14.5	23.0	3	25.7	18.5
10	2	2	1	6	0	0	20	15	21.2	5	25.7	14.7
11	0	2.5	0	6	0	0	23	14.5	23.0	3	25.7	18.5
12	2	2	1	6	0	0	20	15	21.2	5	25.7	14.7
13	0	2.5	0	6	0	0	23	14.5	23.0	3	25.7	18.5
14	2	2	1	6	0	0	20	15	21.2	5	25.7	14.7
15	0	2.5	0	6	0	0	23	14.5	23.0	3	25.7	18.5
16	2	2	1	6	0	0	20	15	21.2	5	25.7	14.7
17	0	2.5	0	1	0	0	23	19.5	23.0	3	25.7	18.5
18	2	2	1	2	0	0	20	19	22.5	5	25.7	16.0
19	0	2.5	0	1	0	0	23	19.5	23.0	3	25.7	18.5
20	2	2	1	2	0	0	20	19	22.5	5	25.7	16.0
Note 1: Lower limit is assuming ΔTIB,c is zero. If non-zero. PCMAX,c will decrease and T(PCMAX_L,c) may be higher resulting in different test requirements according to Table 6.2.5.3-1.

Table 6.2.4A.2.5-17: Test requirement (network signalled value NS_01/NS_04)

Config ID	MPRc (dB)		A-MPRc (dB)		ΔTC,c (dB)		PCMAX,c (dBm)		PCMAX (dBm)	TLOW(PCMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
Config ID	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCMAX (dBm)	TLOW(PCMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
1	0	0	0	0	1.5	1.5	21.5	21.5	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
2	2	2	0	2	1.5	1.5	19.5	17.5	21.6	5	25.7	15.9
3	0	2	0	2	1.5	1.5	21.5	17.5	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
4	0	0	0	0	1.5	1.5	21.5	21.5	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
5	2	2	0	3	1.5	1.5	19.5	16.5	21.3	5	25.7	15.6
6	0	2	0	3	1.5	1.5	21.5	16.5	22.7	5	25.7	19.0
7	0	0	0	0	1.5	1.5	21.5	21.5	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
8	2	2	0	2	1.5	1.5	19.5	17.5	21.6	5	25.7	15.9
9	0	2	0	2	1.5	1.5	21.5	17.5	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
Note 1: Lower limit is assuming ΔTIB,c is zero. If non-zero. PCMAX,c will decrease and T(PCMAX_L,c) may be higher resulting in different test requirements according to Table 6.2.5.3-1.

6.2.4A.2_1 Additional Maximum Power Reduction (A-MPR) for CA (inter-band DL CA and UL CA) for UL 64QAM

Editor’s note: For a transition period until RAN5#83, this test case in version 15.3.1 of 36.521-1 shall be used. This is to ensure no test coverage is lost before the UL 256QAM test case becomes available.

6.2.4A.2_1.1 Test purpose

6.2.4A.2_1.2 Test applicability

The requirements of this test apply in test case 6.6.2.2A.2_1 Additional Spectrum Emission Mask for CA (inter-band DL CA and UL CA) for network signalled value NS_03/NS_03, NS_03/NS_03, NS_03/NS_06, NS_03/NS_07, NS_03/NS_01, NS_01/NS_06 to all types of E-UTRA UE release 13 and forward that support inter-band DL CA and UL CA and UL 64QAM but do not support UL 256QAM.

The requirements of this test apply in test case 6.6.3.3A.2_1 Additional spurious emissions for CA (inter-band DL CA and UL CA) for network signalled values NS_05/NS_01, NS_03/NS_07, NS_01/NS_12 and NS_01/NS15 to all types of E-UTRA UE release 13 and forward that support inter-band DL CA and UL CA and UL 64QAM but do not support UL 256QAM.

NOTE: As a result TC 6.2.4A.2_1 has not been included in the test case applicability table 4.1-1, TS 36.521-2. This does not preclude the test from being used for R&D or other purposes if deemed useful.

6.2.4A.2_1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

6.2.4A.2_1.4 Test description

6.2.4A.2_1.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state. For the UE maximum output power modified by A-MPR specified in table 6.2.4A.2_1.4.1-1, the power limits specified in subclause 6.2.5A.2.3 apply.

Table 6.2.4A.2_1.4.1-1: Additional Maximum Power Reduction (A-MPR) for inter-band CA

Uplink CA Configuration	NS-value per CC (in same order as UL CA Configuration column)		Applicable emissions requirements (in same order as UL CA Configuration column)
CA_1A-3A CA_1A-5A CA_1A-7A CA_1A-8A CA_1A-18A CA_1A-26A CA_1A-42A	NS_05	NS_01	Table 6.6.3.3.5.2-1	N/A
CA_1A-19A	NS_05	NS_08	Table 6.6.3.3.5.2-1	Table 6.6.3.3.5.4-1
CA_1A-21A	NS_05	NS_09	Table 6.6.3.3.5.2-1	Table 6.6.3.3.5.5-1
CA_2A-4A, CA_2A-66A	NS_03	NS_03	Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1	Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1
CA_2A-12A CA_2A-13A, CA_4A-12A, CA_4A-13A, CA_4A-17A	NS_03	NS_06	Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1	Table 6.6.2.2.3.3-1
CA_2A-13A, CA_4A-13A	NS_03	NS_07	Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1	Table 6.6.2.2.3.3-1 Table 6.6.3.3.3.3-1
CA_3A-19A	NS_01	NS_08	N/A	Table 6.6.3.3.5.4-1
CA_2A-30A	NS_03	NS_21	Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1	Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1 Table 6.6.3.3.5.16-1
CA_3A-26A	NS_01	NS_12	N/A	Table 6.6.3.3.3.7-1
CA_3A-26A	NS_01	NS_15	N/A	Table 6.6.3.3.3.10-1
CA_2A-5A, CA_2A-7A, CA_4A-5A, CA_4A-7A	NS_03	NS_01	Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1	N/A
CA_5A-66A^{Note 5}	NS_01	NS_03	N/A	Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1
CA_5A-12A	NS_01	NS_06	N/A	Table 6.6.2.2.3.3-1
CA_18A-28A	NS_01	NS_17	N/A	Table 6.6.3.3.5.12-1
CA_5A-30A	NS_01	NS_21	N/A	Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1 Table 6.6.3.3.5.16-1
CA_12A-30A	NS_06	NS_21	Table 6.6.2.2.3.3-1	Table 6.6.2.2.3.3-1 Table 6.6.3.3.5.16-1
CA_12A-66A	NS_06	NS_03	Table 6.6.2.2.3.3-1	Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1
CA_19A-21A	NS_08	NS_09	Table 6.6.3.3.5.4-1	Table 6.6.3.3.5.5-1
CA_1A-28A	NS_05	NS_17	Table 6.6.3.3.5.2-1	Table 6.6.3.3.5.12-1
Note 1: For CCs with NS_01, there are no additional requirements defined in 36.101. Only CCs with NS-value different than NS_01 needs to be tested. Note 2: A-MPR values for NS-values in this table are the same as in section 6.2.4.3. Note 3: Selection of CA configurations and NS-values to test is derived in TR 36.905 [19]. Note 4: For simplifying test, PCC is mapped to the first band of the combination as listed in Uplink CA Configuration column. Note 5: As an exception to note 4, PCC is mapped to the second band of the combination as listed in Uplink CA Configuration column.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and CC combinations based on E‑UTRA CA configurations specified in table 5.4.2A.1-2. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each CA Configuration, and are shown in table 6.2.4A.2_1.4.1-2 to 6.2.4A.2_1.4.1-12. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexe A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.2.4A.2_1.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_01/NS_03 or network signalled value NS_03/NS_01)

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1						NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes						Low and high range for PCC Mid range for SCC(Note 3)
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.						Lowest and Highest N_RBagg(Note 2)
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
Config ID	CA Configuration / NRB_agg		DL Allocation	CC MOD		UL Allocation
	NS_03 CC	NS_01 CC	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations
	NRB	NRB	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations
1	25	25	N/A for this test	QPSK	QPSK	6	8
2	25	25		64QAM	64QAM	25	25
3	25	25		64QAM	QPSK	25	8
4	50	50		QPSK	QPSK	6	12
5	50	50		64QAM	64QAM	50	50
6	50	50		64QAM	QPSK	50	12
7	50	100		QPSK	QPSK	6	18
8	50	100		64QAM	64QAM	50	100
9	50	100		64QAM	QPSK	50	18
10	100	50		QPSK	QPSK	10	12
11	100	50		64QAM	64QAM	100	50
12	100	50		64QAM	QPSK	100	12
13	100	100		QPSK	QPSK	10	18
14	100	100		64QAM	64QAM	100	100
15	100	100		64QAM	QPSK	100	18
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration. which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2. Note 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg. only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested. Note 3: For Low range place test point with RBstart=0. For High range place test point with RBstart=RB_end-LCRB+1. For Mid range place test point with RBstart=0 and RBstart=RB_end-LCRB+1. Note 4: Mapping of NS-value per CC and PCC/SCC selection are specified in Table 6.2.4A.2_1.4.1-1.

Table 6.2.4A.2_1.4.1-3: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_01/NS_06)

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1						NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes						Low and High range for both PCC and SCC
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.						Lowest and Highest N_RBagg
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
Config ID	CA Configuration / NRB_agg		DL Allocation	CC MOD		UL Allocation
	PCC (NS_01)	SCC (NS_06)	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations
	NRB	NRB	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations
1	25	25	N/A for this test	QPSK	QPSK	6	6
2	25	25		64QAM	64QAM	25	9
3	25	25		QPSK	64QAM	6	9
4	50	50		QPSK	QPSK	12	12
5	50	50		64QAM	64QAM	50	15
6	50	50		QPSK	64QAM	12	15
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration. which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2. Note 2: Lower limit is assuming ΔTIB,c is zero. If non-zero. PCMAX,c will decrease and T(PCMAX_L,c) may be higher resulting in different test requirements according to Table 6.2.5.3-1.

Table 6.2.4A.2_1.4.1-4: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_01/NS_12)

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1						NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes						Low and High range for PCC SCC: (Note 3) For 5 MHz Channel Bandwidth: UL 816.7 MHz (N_UL = 26717) For 10 MHz Channel Bandwidth: UL 819.2 MHz (N_UL = 26742) For 15 MHz Channel Bandwidth: UL 821.7 MHz (N_UL = 26767)
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.						Lowest and Highest N_RBagg(Note 2)
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
Config ID	CA Configuration / NRB_agg		DL Allocation	CC MOD		UL Allocation
	PCC (NS_01)	SCC (NS_12)	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations (L_CRB @ RB_start)(Note 4)
	NRB	NRB	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations (L_CRB @ RB_start)(Note 4)
1	25	25	N/A for this test	QPSK	QPSK	8	8@7
2	25	25		64QAM	64QAM	10	8
3	25	25		QPSK	64QAM	8	8
4	50	50		QPSK	QPSK	12	12@16
5	50	50		64QAM	64QAM	15	18
6	50	50		QPSK	64QAM	12	18
7	100	75		QPSK	QPSK	15	31
8	100	75		64QAM	64QAM	20	30
9	100	75		QPSK	64QAM	15	30
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration. which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2 Note 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg. only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested. Note 3: For simplifying test, PCC is mapped to the first band of the combination as listed in Uplink CA Configuration column in Table 6.2.4A.2.4.1-1. Note 4: Test point with max A-MPR in B26 selected in region A with largest allocation giving max A-MPR at RBstart0; test point with min A-MPR in B26 selected in region A with same allocation but with shifted RBstart to give A-MPR=0.

Table 6.2.4A.2_1.4.1-5: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_01/NS_15)

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1						NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes						High range for both PCC and SCC(Note 3)
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.						Lowest and Highest N_RBagg(Note 2)
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
Config ID	CA Configuration / NRB_agg		DL Allocation	CC MOD		UL Allocation
	PCC (NS_01)	SCC (NS_15)	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations (L_CRB @ RB_start)(Note 4)
	NRB	NRB	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations (L_CRB @ RB_start)(Note 4)
1	25	25	N/A for this test	QPSK	QPSK	8	6@14
2	25	25		64QAM	64QAM	10	10@15
3	25	25		QPSK	64QAM	8	10@15
4	50	50		QPSK	QPSK	12	12@25
5	50	50		64QAM	64QAM	15	15@35
6	50	50		QPSK	64QAM	12	15@35
7	100	75		QPSK	QPSK	18	18@19
8	100	75		64QAM	64QAM	20	20@55
9	100	75		QPSK	64QAM	18	20@55
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration. which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2. Note 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg. only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested. Note 3: For simplifying test, PCC is mapped to the first band of the combination as listed in Uplink CA Configuration column in Table 6.2.4A.2.4.1-1. Note 4: Test point with max A-MPR in B26 selected in region C with allocation giving max MPR+A-MPR+deltaTc at max RBend; Test point with min A-MPR in B26 selected in region B with max allocation and RBend giving A-MPR=0.

Table 6.2.4A.2_1.4.1-6: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_01/NS_21)

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1						NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes						Low and High range for both PCC and SCC
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.						Lowest and Highest N_RBagg
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
Config ID	CA Configuration / NRB_agg		DL Allocation	CC MOD		UL Allocation
	PCC (NS_01)	SCC (NS_21)	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations
	NRB	NRB	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations
1	25	25	N/A for this test	QPSK	QPSK	8	8
2	25	25		64QAM	64QAM	25	25
3	25	25		QPSK	64QAM	8	25
4 (Note 4)	50	50		QPSK	QPSK	12	12@7
5 (Note 5)	50	50		QPSK	QPSK	12	12@31
6	50	50		64QAM	64QAM	50	1
7	50	50		QPSK	64QAM	12	1
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration. which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2. Note 2: For simplifying test, PCC is mapped to the first band of the combination as listed in Uplink CA Configuration column in Table 6.2.4A.2_1.4.1-1. Note 3: For partial RB allocation unless RBstart is explicitly defined, for Low range place test point with RBstart=0, for High range place test point with RB_start=RB_end-L_CRB+1. Note 4: Applicable only to Low range frequency testing. Note 5: Applicable only to High range frequency testing.

Table 6.2.4A.2_1.4.1-7: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_03/NS_03)

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1						NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes						Low and High range for both PCC and SCC (Note 3)
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.						Lowest and Highest N_RBagg(Note 2)
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
Config ID	CA Configuration / NRB_agg		DL Allocation	CC MOD		UL Allocation
	PCC (NS_03)	SCC (NS_03)	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations
	NRB	NRB	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations
1	15	25	N/A for this test	QPSK	QPSK	4	6
2	15	25		64QAM	64QAM	15	25
3	15	25		64QAM	QPSK	15	6
4	25	25		QPSK	QPSK	6	6
5	25	25		64QAM	64QAM	25	25
6	25	25		64QAM	QPSK	25	6
7	50	50		QPSK	QPSK	6	6
8	50	50		64QAM	64QAM	50	50
9	50	50		64QAM	QPSK	50	6
10	100	100		QPSK	QPSK	10	10
11	100	100		64QAM	64QAM	100	100
12	100	100		64QAM	QPSK	100	10
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration. which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2. Note 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg. only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested. Note 3: For Low range place test point with RBstart=0. For High range place test point with RB_start=RB_end-L_CRB+1.

Table 6.2.4A.2_1.4.1-8: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_03/NS_06)

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1						NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes						Low and High range for both PCC and SCC (Note 3)
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.						Lowest and Highest N_RBagg(Note 2)
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
Config ID	CA Configuration / NRB_agg		DL Allocation	CC MOD		UL Allocation
	PCC (NS_03)	SCC (NS_06)	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations
	NRB	NRB	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations
1	15	25	N/A for this test	QPSK	QPSK	4	8
2	15	25		64QAM	64QAM	15	25
3	15	25		64QAM	QPSK	15	8
4	25	15		QPSK	QPSK	6	4
5	25	15		64QAM	64QAM	25	15
6	25	15		64QAM	QPSK	25	4
7	25	25		QPSK	QPSK	6	8
8	25	25		64QAM	64QAM	25	25
9	25	25		64QAM	QPSK	25	8
10	25	50		QPSK	QPSK	6	12
11	25	50		64QAM	64QAM	25	50
12	25	50		64QAM	QPSK	25	12
13	50	50		QPSK	QPSK	6	12
14	50	50		64QAM	64QAM	50	50
15	50	50		64QAM	QPSK	50	12
16	100	50		QPSK	QPSK	10	12
17	100	50		64QAM	64QAM	100	50
18	100	50		64QAM	QPSK	100	12
19	75	25		QPSK	QPSK	8	12
20	75	25		64QAM	64QAM	75	25
21	75	25		64QAM	QPSK	75	12
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration. which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2. Note 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg. only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested. Note 3: For Low range place test point with RBstart=0. For High range place test point with RB_start=RB_end-L_CRB+1.

Table 6.2.4A.2_1.4.1-9: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_03/NS_07)

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1						NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes						Low and High range for both PCC and SCC (Note 3)
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.						Lowest and Highest N_RBagg(Note 2)
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
Config ID	CA Configuration / NRB_agg		DL Allocation	CC MOD		UL Allocation
	PCC (NS_03)	SCC (NS_07)	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations
	NRB	NRB	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations
1	25	50	N/A for this test	QPSK	QPSK	6	6@13
2	25	50		64QAM	64QAM	25	50
3	25	50		QPSK	64QAM	6	50
4	50	50		QPSK	QPSK	6	6@13
5	50	50		64QAM	64QAM	50	50
6	50	50		QPSK	64QAM	6	50
7	100	50		QPSK	QPSK	10	6@13
8	100	50		64QAM	64QAM	100	50
9	100	50		QPSK	64QAM	10	50
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration. which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2 Note 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg. only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested. Note 3: For Low range place test point with RBstart=0. For High range place test point with RB_start=RB_end-L_CRB+1.

Table 6.2.4A.2_1.4.1-10: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_03/NS_21)

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1						NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes						Low and High range for both PCC and SCC
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.						Lowest and Highest N_RBagg
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
Config ID	CA Configuration / NRB_agg		DL Allocation	CC MOD		UL Allocation
	PCC (NS_03)	SCC (NS_21)	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations
	NRB	NRB	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations
1	25	25	N/A for this test	QPSK	QPSK	6	8
2	25	25		64QAM	64QAM	25	25
3	25	25		64QAM	QPSK	25	8
4 (Note 4)	100	50		QPSK	QPSK	10	12@7
5 (Note 5)	100	50		QPSK	QPSK	10	12@31
6	100	50		64QAM	64QAM	100	1
7	100	50		QPSK	64QAM	10	1
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration. which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2. Note 2: For simplifying test, PCC is mapped to the first band of the combination as listed in Uplink CA Configuration column in Table 6.2.4A.2_1.4.1-1. Note 3: For partial RB allocation unless RBstart is explicitly defined, for Low range place test point with RBstart=0, for High range place test point with RB_start=RB_end-L_CRB+1. Note 4: Applicable only to Low range frequency testing. Note 5: Applicable only to High range frequency testing.

Table 6.2.4A.2_1.4.1-11: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_05/NS_01)

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1						NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes						Low range, Mid range for PCC In case of Low range: – For 5MHz Channel Bandwidth: 1927.2MHz (NUL = 18072) – For 10 MHz Channel Bandwidth: 1934.7 MHz (NUL = 18147) – For 20 MHz Channel Bandwidth: 1930 MHz (NUL = 18100) Mid range for SCC(Note 3)
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.						Lowest and Highest N_RBagg(Note 2)
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
Config ID	CA Configuration / NRB_agg		DL Allocation	CC MOD		UL Allocation
	PCC (NS_05)	SCC (NS_01)	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations
	NRB	NRB	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations
1	25	15	N/A for this test	QPSK	QPSK	6	4
2	25	15		64QAM	64QAM	25	6
3	25	15		64QAM	QPSK	25	4
4	25	25		QPSK	QPSK	6	6
5	25	25		64QAM	64QAM	25	25
6	25	25		64QAM	QPSK	25	6
7	25	50		QPSK	QPSK	6	12
8	25	50		64QAM	64QAM	25	25
9	25	50		64QAM	QPSK	25	12
10	50	50		QPSK	QPSK	12	12
11	50	50		64QAM	64QAM	50	25
12	50	50		64QAM	QPSK	50	12
13	100	50		QPSK	QPSK	18	12
14	100	50		64QAM	64QAM	50	25
15	100	50		64QAM	QPSK	50	12
16	100	75		QPSK	QPSK	18	16
17	100	75		64QAM	64QAM	50	25
18	100	75		64QAM	QPSK	50	16
19	100	100		QPSK	QPSK	18	18
20	100	100		64QAM	64QAM	50	25
21	100	100		64QAM	QPSK	50	18
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration. which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2. Note 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg. only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested. Note 3: For Low range place test point with RBstart=0. For High range place test point with RB_start=RB_end-L_CRB+1.

Table 6.2.4A.2_1.4.1-12: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_06/NS_21)

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1						NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes						Low and High range for both PCC and SCC
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.						Lowest and Highest N_RBagg
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
Config ID	CA Configuration / NRB_agg		DL Allocation	CC MOD		UL Allocation
	PCC (NS_06)	SCC (NS_21)	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations
	NRB	NRB	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations
1	25	25	N/A for this test	QPSK	QPSK	8	8
2	25	25		64QAM	64QAM	25	25
3	25	25		64QAM	QPSK	25	8
4 (Note 4)	50	50		QPSK	QPSK	12	12@7
5 (Note 5)	50	50		QPSK	QPSK	12	12@31
6	50	50		64QAM	64QAM	50	1
7	50	50		QPSK	64QAM	12	1
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration. which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2. Note 2: For simplifying test, PCC is mapped to the first band of the combination as listed in Uplink CA Configuration column in Table 6.2.4A.2_1.4.1-1. Note 3: For partial RB allocation unless RBstart is explicitly defined, for Low range place test point with RBstart=0, for High range place test point with RB_start=RB_end-L_CRB+1. Note 4: Applicable only to Low range frequency testing. Note 5: Applicable only to High range frequency testing.

Table 6.2.4A.2_1.4.1-13: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_01/NS_17)

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1						NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes						Low and High range for both PCC and SCC
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.						Lowest and Highest N_RBagg
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
Config ID	CA Configuration / NRB_agg		DL Allocation	CC MOD		UL Allocation
	PCC (NS_01)	SCC (NS_17)	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations
	NRB	NRB	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations
1	25	25	N/A for this test	QPSK	QPSK	6	6
2	25	25		64QAM	64QAM	25	25
3	25	25		64QAM	QPSK	25	6
4	25	50		QPSK	QPSK	6	12
5	25	50		64QAM	64QAM	25	25
6	25	50		64QAM	QPSK	25	12
7	50	50		QPSK	QPSK	12	12
8	50	50		64QAM	64QAM	50	25
9	50	50		64QAM	QPSK	50	12
10	75	50		QPSK	QPSK	16	12
11	75	50		64QAM	64QAM	50	25
12	75	50		64QAM	QPSK	50	12
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration. which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2. Note 2: Lower limit is assuming ΔTIB,c is zero. If non-zero. PCMAX,c will decrease and T(PCMAX_L,c) may be higher resulting in different test requirements according to Table 6.2.5.3-1.

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A Figure group A.32 as appropriate.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL Reference Measurement channel is set according to the applicable table from Table 6.2.4A.2_1.4.1-2 to 6.2.4A.2_1.4.1-13.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.2.4A.2_1.4.3.

6.2.4A.2_1.4.2 Test procedure

Same test procedure as defined in clause 6.2.4A.2.4.2 with the following exception:

– In Step 4, instead of Table 6.2.4A.2.4.1-2 to Table 6.2.4A.2.4.1-13 use Table 6.2.4A.2_1.4.1-2 to Table 6.2.4A.2_1.4.1-12

6.2.4A.2_1.4.3 Message contents

Same message contents as defined in clause 6.2.4A.2.4.3.

6.2.4A.2_1.5 Test requirements

The maximum output power, derived in step 6 shall be within the range prescribed by the nominal maximum output power and tolerance in the applicable table from Table 6.2.4A.2_1.5-1 to Table 6.2.4A.2_1.5-11. For the UE maximum output power modified by A-MPR specified in sub-clause 6.2.4A.2_1.3, the power limits specified in Table 6.2.5A.3.3-1 apply.

Table 6.2.4A.2_1.5-1: Test requirement (network signalled value NS_01/NS_03 or network signalled value NS_03/NS_01)

Config ID	MPR_c (dB)		A-MPR_c (dB)		ΔT_C,c (dB)		P_CMAX,c (dBm)		P_CMAX (dBm)	T_LOW(P_CMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
Config ID	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	P_CMAX (dBm)	T_LOW(P_CMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
1	0	0	0	0	1.5	0	21.5	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
2	3	3	1	0	0	0	19	20	22.5	5	25.7	16.8
3	3	0	1	0	0	0	19	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
4	0	0	0	0	1.5	0	21.5	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
5	3	3	1	0	0	0	19	20	22.5	5	25.7	16.8
6	3	0	1	0	0	0	19	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
7	0	0	0	0	0	0	23	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
8	3	3	1	0	0	0	19	20	22.5	5	25.7	16.8
9	3	0	1	0	0	0	19	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
10	0	0	0	0	1.5	0	21.5	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
11	3	3	1	0	0	0	19	20	22.5	5	25.7	16.8
12	3	0	1	0	0	0	19	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
13	0	0	0	0	0	0	23	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
14	3	3	1	0	0	0	19	20	22.5	5	25.7	16.8
15	3	0	1	0	0	0	19	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
Note 1: Lower limit is assuming ΔTIB,c is zero. If non-zero. PCMAX,c will decrease and T(PCMAX_L,c) may be higher resulting in different test requirements according to Table 6.2.5.3-1. Note 2: ΔTC,c does not apply in all bands.

Table 6.2.4A.2_1.5-2: Test requirement (network signalled value NS_01/NS_06)

Config ID	MPR_c (dB)		A-MPR_c (dB)		ΔT_C,c (dB)		P_CMAX,c (dBm)		P_CMAX (dBm)	T_LOW(P_CMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
Config ID	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	P_CMAX (dBm)	T_LOW(P_CMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
1	0	0	0	0	0	1.5	23	21.5	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
2	3	3	0	0	0	1.5	20	18.5	22.3	5	25.7	16.6
3	0	3	0	0	0	1.5	23	18.5	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
4	0	0	0	0	0	1.5	23	21.5	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
5	3	3	0	0	0	1.5	20	18.5	22.3	5	25.7	16.6
6	0	3	0	0	0	1.5	23	18.5	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
Note 1: Lower limit is assuming ΔTIB,c is zero. If non-zero. PCMAX,c will decrease and T(PCMAX_L,c) may be higher resulting in different test requirements according to Table 6.2.5.3-1.

Table 6.2.4A.2_1.5-3: Test requirement (network signalled value NS_01/NS_12)

Config ID	MPR_c (dB)		A-MPR_c (dB)		ΔT_C,c (dB)		P_CMAX,c (dBm)		P_CMAX (dBm)	T_LOW(P_CMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
Config ID	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	P_CMAX (dBm)	T_LOW(P_CMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
1	0	0	0	0	1.5	1.5	21.5	21.5	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
2	3	2	0	5	1.5	1.5	18.5	14.5	20.0	6	25.7	13.3
3	0	2	0	5	1.5	1.5	21.5	14.5	22.3	5	25.7	16.6
4	0	0	0	0	1.5	0	21.5	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
5	3	3	0	4	1.5	1.5	18.5	14.5	20.0	6	25.7	13.3
6	0	3	0	4	1.5	1.5	21.5	14.5	22.3	5	25.7	16.6
7	0	0	0	0	1.5	0	21.5	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
8	3	3	0	4	0	0	20	16	21.5	5	25.7	15.8
9	0	3	0	4	1.5	0	21.5	16	22.6	5	25.7	16.9
Note 1: Lower limit is assuming ΔTIB,c is zero. If non-zero. PCMAX,c will decrease and T(PCMAX_L,c) may be higher resulting in different test requirements according to Table 6.2.5.3-1.

Table 6.2.4A.2_1.5-4: Test requirement (network signalled value NS_01/NS_15)

Config ID	MPR_c (dB)		A-MPR_c (dB)		ΔT_C,c (dB)		P_CMAX,c (dBm)		P_CMAX (dBm)	T_LOW(P_CMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
Config ID	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	P_CMAX (dBm)	T_LOW(P_CMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
1	0	0	0	0	1.5	1.5	21.5	21.5	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
2	3	3	0	9	1.5	1.5	18.5	9.5	19.0	5	25.7	13.3
3	0	3	0	9	1.5	1.5	21.5	9.5	21.8	5	25.7	16.1
4	0	0	0	0	1.5	0	21.5	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
5	3	3	0	9	1.5	1.5	18.5	9.5	19.0	5	25.7	13.3
6	0	3	0	9	1.5	1.5	21.5	9.5	21.8	5	25.7	16.1
7	0	0	0	0	1.5	0	21.5	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
8	3	3	0	9	0	0	20	11	20.5	6	25.7	13.8
9	0	3	0	9	0	0	23	11	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
Note 1: Lower limit is assuming ΔTIB,c is zero. If non-zero. PCMAX,c will decrease and T(PCMAX_L,c) may be higher resulting in different test requirements according to Table 6.2.5.3-1.

Table 6.2.4A.2_1.5-5: Test requirement (network signalled value NS_01/NS_21)

Config ID	MPR_c (dB)		A-MPR_c (dB)		ΔT_C,c (dB)		P_CMAX,c (dBm)		P_CMAX (dBm)	T_LOW(P_CMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
Config ID	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	P_CMAX (dBm)	T_LOW(P_CMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
1	0	0	0	0	0	0	23	23	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
2	3	3	0	0	0	0	20	20	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
3	0	3	0	0	0	0	23	20	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
4	0	0	0	0	0	0	23	23	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
5	0	0	0	0	0	0	23	23	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
6	3	2	0	4	0	0	20	17	21.8	5.0	25.7	16.1
7	0	2	0	4	0	0	23	17	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
Note 1: Lower limit is assuming ΔTIB,c is zero. If non-zero. PCMAX,c will decrease and T(PCMAX_L,c) may be higher resulting in different test requirements according to Table 6.2.5.3-1.

Table 6.2.4A.2_1.5-6: Test requirement (network signalled value NS_03/NS_03)

Config ID	MPR_c (dB)		A-MPR_c (dB)		ΔT_C,c (dB)		P_CMAX,c (dBm)		P_CMAX (dBm)	T_LOW(P_CMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
Config ID	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	P_CMAX (dBm)	T_LOW(P_CMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
1	0	0	0	0	1.5	0	21.5	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
2	3	3	1	1	1.5	0	17.5	19	21.3	5	25.7	15.6
3	3	0	1	0	1.5	0	17.5	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
4	0	0	0	0	1.5	0	21.5	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
5	3	3	1	1	0	0	19	19	22.0	5	25.7	16.3
6	3	0	1	0	0	0	19	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
7	0	0	0	0	1.5	0	21.5	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
8	3	3	1	1	0	0	19	19	22.0	5	25.7	16.3
9	3	0	1	0	0	0	20	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
10	0	0	0	0	1.5	0	21.5	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
11	3	3	1	1	0	0	19	19	22.0	3	25.7	16.3
12	3	0	1	0	0	0	20	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
Note 1: Lower limit is assuming ΔTIB,c is zero. If non-zero. PCMAX,c will decrease and T(PCMAX_L,c) may be higher resulting in different test requirements according to Table 6.2.5.3-1. Note 2: ΔTC,c does not apply in all bands. For bands without this lower limit is 19.3 dBm in all test points.

Table 6.2.4A.2_1.5-7: Test requirement (network signalled value NS_03/NS_06)

Config ID	MPR_c (dB)		A-MPR_c (dB)		ΔT_C,c (dB)		P_CMAX,c (dBm)		P_CMAX (dBm)	T_LOW(P_CMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
Config ID	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	P_CMAX (dBm)	T_LOW(P_CMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
1	0	0	0	0	1.5	1.5	21.5	21.5	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
2	3	3	1	0	1.5	0	17.5	20	21.9	5	25.7	16.2^{Note 2}
3	3	0	1	0	1.5	1.5	17.5	21.5	22.9	3	25.7	19.3
4	0	0	0	0	1.5	1.5	21.5	21.5	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
5	3	3	1	0	0	0	19	20	22.5	5	25.7	16.8
6	3	0	1	0	0	1.5	19	21.5	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
7	0	0	0	0	1.5	1.5	21.5	21.5	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
8	3	2	1	0	0	0	19	21	23.0	3	25.7	16.8
9	3	0	1	0	0	1.5	19	21.5	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
10	0	0	0	0	1.5	1.5	21.5	21.5	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
11	3	3	1	0	0	0	19	20	22.5	5	25.7	16.8
12	3	0	1	0	0	1.5	19	21.5	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
13	0	0	0	0	1.5	1.5	21.5	21.5	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
14	3	3	1	0	0	0	19	20	22.5	5	25.7	16.8
15	3	0	1	0	0	1.5	19	21.5	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
16	0	0	0	0	1.5	1.5	21.5	21.5	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
17	3	3	1	0	0	0	19	20	22.5	5	25.7	16.8
18	3	0	1	0	0	1.5	19	21.5	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
19	0	0	0	0	1.5	1.5	21.5	21.5	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
20	3	3	1	0	0	0	19	20	22.5	5	25.7	16.8
21	3	0	1	0	0	1.5	19	21.5	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
Note 1: Lower limit is assuming ΔTIB,c is zero. If non-zero. PCMAX,c will decrease and T(PCMAX_L,c) may be higher resulting in different test requirements according to Table 6.2.5.3-1. Note 2: ΔTC,c does not apply in all bands. For bands without this lower limit is 16.8 dBm.

Table 6.2.4A.2_1.5-8: Test requirement (network signalled value NS_03/NS_07)

Config ID	MPR_c (dB)		A-MPR_c (dB)		ΔT_C,c (dB)		P_CMAX,c (dBm)		P_CMAX (dBm)	T_LOW(P_CMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
Config ID	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	P_CMAX (dBm)	T_LOW(P_CMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
CA_2A-13A
1	0	0	0	0	1.5	0	21.5	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
2	2	2	1	12	0	0	20	9	20.3	6	25.7	13.6
3	0	2	0	12	1.5	0	21.5	9	21.7	5	25.7	16.0
4	0	0	0	0	1.5	0	21.5	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
5	2	2	1	12	0	0	20	9	20.3	6	25.7	13.6
6	0	2	0	12	1.5	0	21.5	9	21.7	5	25.7	16.0
7	0	0	0	0	1.5	0	21.5	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
8	2	2	1	12	0	0	20	9	20.3	6	25.7	13.6
9	0	2	0	12	1.5	0	21.5	9	21.7	5	25.7	16.0
CA_4A-13A
1	0	0	0	0	0	0	23	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
2	2	2	1	12	0	0	20	9	20.3	6	25.7	13.6
3	0	2	0	12	0	0	23	9	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
4	0	0	0	0	0	0	23	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
5	2	2	1	12	0	0	20	9	20.3	6	25.7	13.6
6	0	2	0	12	0	0	23	9	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
7	0	0	0	0	0	0	23	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
8	2	2	1	12	0	0	20	9	20.3	6	25.7	13.6
9	0	2	0	12	0	0	23	9	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
Note 1: Lower limit is assuming ΔTIB,c is zero. If non-zero. PCMAX,c will decrease and T(PCMAX_L,c) may be higher resulting in different test requirements according to Table 6.2.5.3-1. Note 2: ΔTC,c does not apply in all bands. For bands without this lower limit is 19.3 dBm in all test points.

Table 6.2.4A.2_1.5-9: Test requirement (network signalled value NS_03/NS_21)

Config ID	MPR_c (dB)		A-MPR_c (dB)		ΔT_C,c (dB)		P_CMAX,c (dBm)		P_CMAX (dBm)	T_LOW(P_CMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
Config ID	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	P_CMAX (dBm)	T_LOW(P_CMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
1	0	0	0	0	1.5	0	21.5	23	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
2	3	3	1	0	0	0	19	20	22.5	5.0	25.7	16.8
3	3	0	1	0	0	0	19	23	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
4	0	0	0	0	1.5	0	21.5	23	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
5	0	0	0	0	1.5	0	21.5	23	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
6	3	2	1	4	0	0	19	17	21.1	5.0	25.7	15.4
7	0	2	0	4	1.5	0	21.5	17	22.8	5.0	25.7	17.1
Note 1: Lower limit is assuming ΔTIB,c is zero. If non-zero. PCMAX,c will decrease and T(PCMAX_L,c) may be higher resulting in different test requirements according to Table 6.2.5.3-1.

Table 6.2.4A.2_1.5-10: Test requirement (network signalled value NS_05/NS_01)

Config ID	MPR_c (dB)		A-MPR_c (dB)		ΔT_C,c (dB)		P_CMAX,c (dBm)		P_CMAX (dBm)	T_LOW(P_CMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
Config ID	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	P_CMAX (dBm)	T_LOW(P_CMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
1	0	0	0	0	0	0	23	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
2	3	3	0	0	0	0	20	20	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
3	3	0	0	0	0	0	20	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
4	0	0	0	0	0	0	23	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
5	3	3	0	0	0	0	20	20	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
6	3	0	0	0	0	0	20	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
7	0	0	0	0	0	0	23	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
8	3	3	0	0	0	0	20	20	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
9	3	0	0	0	0	0	20	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
10	0	0	0	0	0	0	23	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
11	3	3	1	0	0	0	19	20	22.5	5	25.7	16.8
12	3	0	1	0	0	0	19	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
13	0	0	11	0	0	0	12	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
14	3	3	11	0	0	0	9	20	20.3	6	25.7	13.6 ^{Note 3}
15	3	0	11	0	0	0	9	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
16	^{Note 3}	^{Note 3}	^{Note 3}	^{Note 3}	^{Note 3}	^{Note 3}	^{Note 3}	^{Note 3}	^{Note 3}	^{Note 3}	^{Note 3}	^{Note 3}
17	^{Note 3}	^{Note 3}	^{Note 3}	^{Note 3}	^{Note 3}	^{Note 3}	^{Note 3}	^{Note 3}	^{Note 3}	^{Note 3}	^{Note 3}	^{Note 3}
18	^{Note 3}	^{Note 3}	^{Note 3}	^{Note 3}	^{Note 3}	^{Note 3}	^{Note 3}	^{Note 3}	^{Note 3}	^{Note 3}	^{Note 3}	^{Note 3}
19	0	0	11	0	0	0	12	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
20	3	3	11	0	0	0	9	20	20.3	6	25.7	13.6 ^{Note 3}
21	3	0	11	0	0	0	9	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
Note 1: Lower limit is assuming ΔTIB,c is zero. If non-zero. PCMAX,c will decrease and T(PCMAX_L,c) may be higher resulting in different test requirements according to Table 6.2.5.3-1. Note 2: Void. Note 3: For PCC in mid frequency range the lower limit is 16.8 dBm.

Table 6.2.4A.2_1.5-11: Test requirement (network signalled value NS_06/NS_21)

Config ID	MPR_c (dB)		A-MPR_c (dB)		ΔT_C,c (dB)		P_CMAX,c (dBm)		P_CMAX (dBm)	T_LOW(P_CMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
Config ID	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	P_CMAX (dBm)	T_LOW(P_CMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
1	0	0	0	0	1.5	0	21.5	23	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
2	3	3	0	0	0	0	20	20	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
3	3	0	0	0	0	0	20	23	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
4	0	0	0	0	1.5	0	21.5	23	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
5	0	0	0	0	1.5	0	21.5	23	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
6	3	2	0	4	0	0	20	17	21.8	5.0	25.7	16.1
7	0	2	0	4	1.5	0	21.5	17	22.8	5.0	25.7	17.1
Note 1: Lower limit is assuming ΔTIB,c is zero. If non-zero. PCMAX,c will decrease and T(PCMAX_L,c) may be higher resulting in different test requirements according to Table 6.2.5.3-1.

6.2.4A.2_2 Additional Maximum Power Reduction (A-MPR) for CA (inter-band DL CA and UL CA) for UL 256QAM

6.2.4A.2_2.1 Test purpose

6.2.4A.2_2.2 Test applicability

The requirements of this test apply in test case 6.6.2.2A.2_2 Additional Spectrum Emission Mask for CA (inter-band DL CA and UL CA) for network signalled value NS_03/NS_03, NS_03/NS_03, NS_03/NS_06, NS_03/NS_07, NS_03/NS_01, NS_01/NS_06, NS_01/NS_21, NS_03/NS_21 and NS_06/NS_21 to all types of E-UTRA UE release 14 and forward that support inter-band DL CA and UL CA and UL 256QAM.

The requirements of this test apply in test case 6.6.3.3A.2_2 Additional spurious emissions for CA (inter-band DL CA and UL CA) for network signalled values NS_05/NS_01, NS_03/NS_07, NS_01/NS_12, NS_01/NS15, NS_03/NS_21, NS_01/NS_17, NS_01/NS_21 and NS_06/NS_21 to all types of E-UTRA UE release 14 and forward that support inter-band DL CA and UL CA and UL 256QAM.

NOTE: As a result TC 6.2.4A.2_2 has not been included in the test case applicability table 4.1-1, TS 36.521-2. This does not preclude the test from being used for R&D or other purposes if deemed useful.

6.2.4A.2_2.3 Minimum conformance requirements

For inter-band carrier aggregation with the UE configured for transmissions on two serving cells the maximum output power reduction specified in Table 6.2.4.3-1is allowed for each serving cell of the applicable uplink CA configuration according to the Network Signalling value indicated by the field additionalSprectrumEmission for the PCC and the CA network signalling value indicated by the field additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10 for the SCC. The value of additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10 is equal to that of additionalSprectrumEmission configured on the SCC. MPR as specified in subclause 6.2.3A is allowed in addition.

For PUCCH and SRS transmissions, the allowed A-MPR is according to that specified for PUSCH QPSK modulation for the corresponding transmission bandwidth.

The normative reference for this requirement is in TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.2.4A.

6.2.4A.2_2.4 Test description

6.2.4A.2_2.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state. For the UE maximum output power modified by A-MPR specified in table 6.2.4A.2_2.4.1-1, the power limits specified in subclause 6.2.5A.3.3 apply.

Table 6.2.4A.2_2.4.1-1: Additional Maximum Power Reduction (A-MPR) for inter-band CA

Uplink CA Configuration	NS-value per CC (in same order as UL CA Configuration column)		Applicable emissions requirements (in same order as UL CA Configuration column)
CA_1A-3A CA_1A-5A CA_1A-7A CA_1A-8A CA_1A-18A CA_1A-26A CA_1A-42A	NS_05	NS_01	Table 6.6.3.3.5.2-1	N/A
CA_1A-19A	NS_05	NS_08	Table 6.6.3.3.5.2-1	Table 6.6.3.3.5.4-1
CA_1A-21A	NS_05	NS_09	Table 6.6.3.3.5.2-1	Table 6.6.3.3.5.5-1
CA_2A-4A, CA_2A-66A	NS_03	NS_03	Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1	Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1
CA_2A-12A CA_2A-13A, CA_4A-12A, CA_4A-13A, CA_4A-17A	NS_03	NS_06	Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1	Table 6.6.2.2.3.3-1
CA_2A-13A, CA_4A-13A	NS_03	NS_07	Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1	Table 6.6.2.2.3.3-1 Table 6.6.3.3.3.3-1
CA_3A-19A	NS_01	NS_08	N/A	Table 6.6.3.3.5.4-1
CA_2A-30A	NS_03	NS_21	Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1	Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1 Table 6.6.3.3.5.16-1
CA_3A-26A	NS_01	NS_12	N/A	Table 6.6.3.3.3.7-1
CA_3A-26A	NS_01	NS_15	N/A	Table 6.6.3.3.3.10-1
CA_2A-5A, CA_2A-7A, CA_4A-5A, CA_4A-7A	NS_03	NS_01	Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1	N/A
CA_5A-66A^{Note 5}	NS_01	NS_03	N/A	Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1
CA_5A-12A	NS_01	NS_06	N/A	Table 6.6.2.2.3.3-1
CA_18A-28A	NS_01	NS_17	N/A	Table 6.6.3.3.5.12-1
CA_5A-30A	NS_01	NS_21	N/A	Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1 Table 6.6.3.3.5.16-1
CA_12A-30A	NS_06	NS_21	Table 6.6.2.2.3.3-1	Table 6.6.2.2.3.3-1 Table 6.6.3.3.5.16-1
CA_19A-21A	NS_08	NS_09	Table 6.6.3.3.5.4-1	Table 6.6.3.3.5.5-1
CA_1A-28A	NS_05	NS_17	Table 6.6.3.3.5.2-1	Table 6.6.3.3.5.12-1
Note 1: For CCs with NS_01, there are no additional requirements defined in 36.101. Only CCs with NS-value different than NS_01 needs to be tested. Note 2: A-MPR values for NS-values in this table are the same as in section 6.2.4.3. Note 3: Selection of CA configurations and NS-values to test is derived in TR 36.905 [19]. Note 4: For simplifying test, PCC is mapped to the first band of the combination as listed in Uplink CA Configuration column. Note 5: As an exception to note 4, PCC is mapped to the second band of the combination as listed in Uplink CA Configuration column.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and CC combinations based on E‑UTRA CA configurations specified in table 5.4.2A.1-2. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each CA Configuration, and are shown in table 6.2.4A.2_2.4.1-2 to 6.2.4A.2_2.4.1-13. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexe A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.2.4A.2_2.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_01/NS_03 or network signalled value NS_03/NS_01)

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1						NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes						Low and high range for PCC Mid range for SCC(Note 3)
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.						Lowest and Highest N_RBagg(Note 2)
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
Config ID	CA Configuration / NRB_agg		DL Allocation	CC MOD		UL Allocation
	NS_03 CC	NS_01 CC	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations
	NRB	NRB	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations
1	25	25	N/A for this test	QPSK	QPSK	6	8
2	25	25		256QAM	256QAM	25	25
3	25	25		256QAM	QPSK	25	8
4	50	50		QPSK	QPSK	6	12
5	50	50		256QAM	256QAM	50	50
6	50	50		256QAM	QPSK	50	12
7	50	100		QPSK	QPSK	6	18
8	50	100		256QAM	256QAM	50	100
9	50	100		256QAM	QPSK	50	18
10	100	50		QPSK	QPSK	10	12
11	100	50		256QAM	256QAM	100	50
12	100	50		256QAM	QPSK	100	12
13	100	100		QPSK	QPSK	10	18
14	100	100		256QAM	256QAM	100	100
15	100	100		256QAM	QPSK	100	18
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration. which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2. Note 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg. only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested. Note 3: Mapping of NS-value per CC and PCC/SCC selection are specified in Table 6.2.4A.2_2.4.1-1.

Table 6.2.4A.2_2.4.1-3: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_01/NS_06)

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1						NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes						Low and High range for both PCC and SCC
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.						Lowest and Highest N_RBagg
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
Config ID	CA Configuration / NRB_agg		DL Allocation	CC MOD		UL Allocation
	PCC (NS_01)	SCC (NS_06)	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations
	NRB	NRB	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations
1	25	25	N/A for this test	QPSK	QPSK	6	6
2	25	25		256QAM	256QAM	25	9
3	25	25		QPSK	256QAM	6	9
4	50	50		QPSK	QPSK	12	12
5	50	50		256QAM	256QAM	50	15
6	50	50		QPSK	256QAM	12	15
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration. which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2. Note 2: Lower limit is assuming ΔTIB,c is zero. If non-zero. PCMAX,c will decrease and T(PCMAX_L,c) may be higher resulting in different test requirements according to Table 6.2.5.3-1.

Table 6.2.4A.2_2.4.1-4: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_01/NS_12)

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1						NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes						Low and High range for PCC SCC: (Note 3) For 5 MHz Channel Bandwidth: UL 816.7 MHz (N_UL = 26717) For 10 MHz Channel Bandwidth: UL 819.2 MHz (N_UL = 26742) For 15 MHz Channel Bandwidth: UL 821.7 MHz (N_UL = 26767)
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.						Lowest and Highest N_RBagg(Note 2)
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
Config ID	CA Configuration / NRB_agg		DL Allocation	CC MOD		UL Allocation
	PCC (NS_01)	SCC (NS_12)	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations (L_CRB @ RB_start)(Note 4)
	NRB	NRB	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations (L_CRB @ RB_start)(Note 4)
1	25	25	N/A for this test	QPSK	QPSK	8	8@7
2	25	25		256QAM	256QAM	10	8
3	25	25		QPSK	256QAM	8	8
4	50	50		QPSK	QPSK	12	12@16
5	50	50		256QAM	256QAM	15	18
6	50	50		QPSK	256QAM	12	18
7	100	75		QPSK	QPSK	15	16@31
8	100	75		256QAM	256QAM	20	30
9	100	75		QPSK	256QAM	15	30
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration. which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2 Note 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg. only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested. Note 3: For simplifying test, PCC is mapped to the first band of the combination as listed in Uplink CA Configuration column in Table 6.2.4A.2.4.1-1. Note 4: Test point with max A-MPR in B26 selected in region A with largest allocation giving max A-MPR at RBstart0; test point with min A-MPR in B26 selected in region A with same allocation but with shifted RBstart to give A-MPR=0.

Table 6.2.4A.2_2.4.1-5: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_01/NS_15)

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1						NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes						High range for both PCC and SCC(Note 3)
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.						Lowest and Highest N_RBagg(Note 2)
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
Config ID	CA Configuration / NRB_agg		DL Allocation	CC MOD		UL Allocation
	PCC (NS_01)	SCC (NS_15)	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations (L_CRB @ RB_start)(Note 4)
	NRB	NRB	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations (L_CRB @ RB_start)(Note 4)
1	25	25	N/A for this test	QPSK	QPSK	8	6@14
2	25	25		256QAM	256QAM	10	10@15
3	25	25		QPSK	256QAM	8	10@15
4	50	50		QPSK	QPSK	12	12@25
5	50	50		256QAM	256QAM	15	15@35
6	50	50		QPSK	256QAM	12	15@35
7	100	75		QPSK	QPSK	18	18@19
8	100	75		256QAM	256QAM	20	20@55
9	100	75		QPSK	256QAM	18	20@55
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration. which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2. Note 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg. only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested. Note 3: For simplifying test, PCC is mapped to the first band of the combination as listed in Uplink CA Configuration column in Table 6.2.4A.2.4.1-1. Note 4: Test point with max A-MPR in B26 selected in region C with allocation giving max MPR+A-MPR+deltaTc at max RBend; Test point with min A-MPR in B26 selected in region B with max allocation and RBend giving A-MPR=0.

Table 6.2.4A.2_2.4.1-6: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_01/NS_21)

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1						NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes						Low and High range for both PCC and SCC
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.						Lowest and Highest N_RBagg
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
Config ID	CA Configuration / NRB_agg		DL Allocation	CC MOD		UL Allocation
	PCC (NS_01)	SCC (NS_21)	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations
	NRB	NRB	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations
1	25	25	N/A for this test	QPSK	QPSK	8	8
2	25	25		256QAM	256QAM	25	25
3	25	25		QPSK	256QAM	8	25
4 (Note 4)	50	50		QPSK	QPSK	12	12@7
5 (Note 5)	50	50		QPSK	QPSK	12	12@31
6	50	50		256QAM	256QAM	50	1
7	50	50		QPSK	256QAM	12	1
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration. which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2. Note 2: For simplifying test, PCC is mapped to the first band of the combination as listed in Uplink CA Configuration column in Table 6.2.4A.2_2.4.1-1. Note 3: For partial RB allocation unless RBstart is explicitly defined, for Low range place test point with RBstart=0, for High range place test point with RB_start=RB_end-L_CRB+1. Note 4: Applicable only to Low range frequency testing. Note 5: Applicable only to High range frequency testing.

Table 6.2.4A.2_2.4.1-7: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_03/NS_03)

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1						NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes						Low and High range for both PCC and SCC (Note 3)
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.						Lowest and Highest N_RBagg(Note 2)
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
Config ID	CA Configuration / NRB_agg		DL Allocation	CC MOD		UL Allocation
	PCC (NS_03)	SCC (NS_03)	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations
	NRB	NRB	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations
1	15	25	N/A for this test	QPSK	QPSK	4	6
2	15	25		256QAM	256QAM	15	25
3	15	25		256QAM	QPSK	15	6
4	25	25		QPSK	QPSK	6	6
5	25	25		256QAM	256QAM	25	25
6	25	25		256QAM	QPSK	25	6
7	50	50		QPSK	QPSK	6	6
8	50	50		256QAM	256QAM	50	50
9	50	50		256QAM	QPSK	50	6
10	100	100		QPSK	QPSK	10	10
11	100	100		256QAM	256QAM	100	100
12	100	100		256QAM	QPSK	100	10
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration. which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2. Note 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg. only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested. Note 3: For Low range place test point with RBstart=0. For High range place test point with RB_start=RB_end-L_CRB+1.

Table 6.2.4A.2_2.4.1-8: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_03/NS_06)

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1						NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes						Low and High range for both PCC and SCC (Note 3)
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.						Lowest and Highest N_RBagg(Note 2)
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
Config ID	CA Configuration / NRB_agg		DL Allocation	CC MOD		UL Allocation
	PCC (NS_03)	SCC (NS_06)	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations
	NRB	NRB	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations
1	15	25	N/A for this test	QPSK	QPSK	4	8
2	15	25		256QAM	256QAM	15	25
3	15	25		256QAM	QPSK	15	8
4	25	15		QPSK	QPSK	6	4
5	25	15		256QAM	256QAM	25	15
6	25	15		256QAM	QPSK	25	4
7	25	25		QPSK	QPSK	6	8
8	25	25		256QAM	256QAM	25	25
9	25	25		256QAM	QPSK	25	8
10	25	50		QPSK	QPSK	6	12
11	25	50		256QAM	256QAM	25	50
12	25	50		256QAM	QPSK	25	12
13	50	50		QPSK	QPSK	6	12
14	50	50		256QAM	256QAM	50	50
15	50	50		256QAM	QPSK	50	12
16	100	50		QPSK	QPSK	10	12
17	100	50		256QAM	256QAM	100	50
18	100	50		256QAM	QPSK	100	12
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration. which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2. Note 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg. only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested. Note 3: For Low range place test point with RBstart=0. For High range place test point with RB_start=RB_end-L_CRB+1.

Table 6.2.4A.2_2.4.1-9: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_03/NS_07)

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1						NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes						Low and High range for both PCC and SCC (Note 3)
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.						Lowest and Highest N_RBagg(Note 2)
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
Config ID	CA Configuration / NRB_agg		DL Allocation	CC MOD		UL Allocation
	PCC (NS_03)	SCC (NS_07)	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations
	NRB	NRB	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations
1	25	50	N/A for this test	QPSK	QPSK	6	6@13
2	25	50		256QAM	256QAM	25	50
3	25	50		QPSK	256QAM	6	50
4	50	50		QPSK	QPSK	6	6@13
5	50	50		256QAM	256QAM	50	50
6	50	50		QPSK	256QAM	6	50
7	100	50		QPSK	QPSK	10	6@13
8	100	50		256QAM	256QAM	100	50
9	100	50		QPSK	256QAM	10	50
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration. which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2 Note 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg. only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested. Note 3: For Low range place test point with RBstart=0. For High range place test point with RB_start=RB_end-L_CRB+1.

Table 6.2.4A.2_2.4.1-10: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_03/NS_21)

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1						NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes						Low and High range for both PCC and SCC
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.						Lowest and Highest N_RBagg
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
Config ID	CA Configuration / NRB_agg		DL Allocation	CC MOD		UL Allocation
	PCC (NS_03)	SCC (NS_21)	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations
	NRB	NRB	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations
1	25	25	N/A for this test	QPSK	QPSK	6	8
2	25	25		256QAM	256QAM	25	25
3	25	25		256QAM	QPSK	25	8
4 (Note 4)	100	50		QPSK	QPSK	10	12@7
5 (Note 5)	100	50		QPSK	QPSK	10	12@31
6	100	50		256QAM	256QAM	100	1
7	100	50		QPSK	256QAM	10	1
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration. which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2. Note 2: For simplifying test, PCC is mapped to the first band of the combination as listed in Uplink CA Configuration column in Table 6.2.4A.2_2.4.1-1. Note 3: For partial RB allocation unless RBstart is explicitly defined, for Low range place test point with RBstart=0, for High range place test point with RB_start=RB_end-L_CRB+1. Note 4: Applicable only to Low range frequency testing. Note 5: Applicable only to High range frequency testing.

Table 6.2.4A.2_2.4.1-11: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_05/NS_01)

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1						NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes						Low range, Mid range for PCC In case of Low range: – For 5MHz Channel Bandwidth: 1927.2MHz (NUL = 18072) – For 10 MHz Channel Bandwidth: 1934.7 MHz (NUL = 18147) – For 20 MHz Channel Bandwidth: 1930 MHz (NUL = 18100) Mid range for SCC(Note 3)
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.						Lowest and Highest N_RBagg(Note 2)
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
Config ID	CA Configuration / NRB_agg		DL Allocation	CC MOD		UL Allocation
	PCC (NS_05)	SCC (NS_01)	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations
	NRB	NRB	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations
1	25	15	N/A for this test	QPSK	QPSK	6	4
2	25	15		256QAM	256QAM	25	6
3	25	15		256QAM	QPSK	25	4
4	25	25		QPSK	QPSK	6	6
5	25	25		256QAM	256QAM	25	25
6	25	25		256QAM	QPSK	25	6
7	25	50		QPSK	QPSK	6	12
8	25	50		256QAM	256QAM	25	25
9	25	50		256QAM	QPSK	25	12
10	50	50		QPSK	QPSK	12	12
11	50	50		256QAM	256QAM	50	25
12	50	50		256QAM	QPSK	50	12
13	100	50		QPSK	QPSK	18	12
14	100	50		256QAM	256QAM	50	25
15	100	50		256QAM	QPSK	50	12
16	100	100		QPSK	QPSK	18	18
17	100	100		256QAM	256QAM	50	25
18	100	100		256QAM	QPSK	50	18
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration. which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2. Note 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg. only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested. Note 3: For Low range place test point with RBstart=0. For High range place test point with RB_start=RB_end-L_CRB+1.

Table 6.2.4A.2_2.4.1-12: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_06/NS_21)

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1						NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes						Low and High range for both PCC and SCC
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.						Lowest and Highest N_RBagg
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
Config ID	CA Configuration / NRB_agg		DL Allocation	CC MOD		UL Allocation
	PCC (NS_06)	SCC (NS_21)	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations
	NRB	NRB	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations
1	25	25	N/A for this test	QPSK	QPSK	8	8
2	25	25		256QAM	256QAM	25	25
3	25	25		256QAM	QPSK	25	8
4 (Note 4)	50	50		QPSK	QPSK	12	12@7
5 (Note 5)	50	50		QPSK	QPSK	12	12@31
6	50	50		256QAM	256QAM	50	1
7	50	50		QPSK	256QAM	12	1
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration. which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2. Note 2: For simplifying test, PCC is mapped to the first band of the combination as listed in Uplink CA Configuration column in Table 6.2.4A.2_2.4.1-1. Note 3: For partial RB allocation unless RBstart is explicitly defined, for Low range place test point with RBstart=0, for High range place test point with RB_start=RB_end-L_CRB+1. Note 4: Applicable only to Low range frequency testing. Note 5: Applicable only to High range frequency testing.

Table 6.2.4A.2_2.4.1-13: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_01/NS_17)

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1						NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes						Low and High range for both PCC and SCC
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.						Lowest and Highest N_RBagg
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
Config ID	CA Configuration / NRB_agg		DL Allocation	CC MOD		UL Allocation
	PCC (NS_01)	SCC (NS_17)	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations
	NRB	NRB	PCC & SCC RB allocation	PCC	SCC	PCC & SCC RB allocations
1	25	25	N/A for this test	QPSK	QPSK	6	6
2	25	25		256QAM	256QAM	25	25
3	25	25		256QAM	QPSK	25	6
4	25	50		QPSK	QPSK	6	12
5	25	50		256QAM	256QAM	25	25
6	25	50		256QAM	QPSK	25	12
7	50	50		QPSK	QPSK	12	12
8	50	50		256QAM	256QAM	50	25
9	50	50		256QAM	QPSK	50	12
10	75	50		QPSK	QPSK	16	12
11	75	50		256QAM	256QAM	50	25
12	75	50		256QAM	QPSK	50	12
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration. which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2. Note 2: Lower limit is assuming ΔTIB,c is zero. If non-zero. PCMAX,c will decrease and T(PCMAX_L,c) may be higher resulting in different test requirements according to Table 6.2.5.3-1.

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A Figure group A.32 as appropriate.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL Reference Measurement channel is set according to the applicable table from Table 6.2.4A.2_2.4.1-2 to 6.2.4A.2_2.4.1-13.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.2.4A.2_2.4.3.

6.2.4A.2_2.4.2 Test procedure

Same test procedure as defined in clause 6.2.4A.2.4.2 with the following exception:

– In Step 4, instead of Table 6.2.4A.2.4.1-2 to Table 6.2.4A.2.4.1-13 use Table 6.2.4A.2_2.4.1-2 to Table 6.2.4A.2_2.4.1-13

6.2.4A.2_2.4.3 Message contents

Same message contents as defined in clause 6.2.4A.2.4.3.

6.2.4A.2_2.5 Test requirements

The maximum output power, derived in step 6 shall be within the range prescribed by the nominal maximum output power and tolerance in the applicable table from Table 6.2.4A.2_2.5-1 to Table 6.2.4A.2_2.5-11. For the UE maximum output power modified by A-MPR specified in sub-clause 6.2.4A.2_2.3, the power limits specified in Table 6.2.5A.3.3-1 apply.

Table 6.2.4A.2_2.5-1: Test requirement (network signalled value NS_01/NS_03 or network signalled value NS_03/NS_01)

Config ID	MPR_c (dB)		A-MPR_c (dB)		ΔT_C,c (dB)		P_CMAX,c (dBm)		P_CMAX (dBm)	T_LOW(P_CMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
Config ID	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	P_CMAX (dBm)	T_LOW(P_CMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
1	0	0	0	0	1.5	0	21.5	23	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
2	5	5	1	0	0	0	17	18	20.5	6.0	25.7	13.8
3	5	0	1	0	0	0	17	23	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
4	0	0	0	0	1.5	0	21.5	23	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
5	5	5	1	0	0	0	17	18	20.5	6.0	25.7	13.8
6	5	0	1	0	0	0	17	23	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
7	0	0	0	0	0	0	23	23	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
8	5	5	1	0	0	0	17	18	20.5	6.0	25.7	13.8
9	5	0	1	0	0	0	17	23	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
10	0	0	0	0	1.5	0	21.5	23	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
11	5	5	1	0	0	0	17	18	20.5	6.0	25.7	13.8
12	5	0	1	0	0	0	17	23	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
13	0	0	0	0	0	0	23	23	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
14	5	5	1	0	0	0	17	18	20.5	6.0	25.7	13.8
15	5	0	1	0	0	0	17	23	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
Note 1: Lower limit is assuming ΔTIB,c is zero. If non-zero. PCMAX,c will decrease and T(PCMAX_L,c) may be higher resulting in different test requirements according to Table 6.2.5.3-1. Note 2: ΔTC,c does not apply in all bands.

Table 6.2.4A.2_2.5-2: Test requirement (network signalled value NS_01/NS_06)

Config ID	MPR_c (dB)		A-MPR_c (dB)		ΔT_C,c (dB)		P_CMAX,c (dBm)		P_CMAX (dBm)	T_LOW(P_CMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
Config ID	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	P_CMAX (dBm)	T_LOW(P_CMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
1	0	0	0	0	0	1.5	23	21.5	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
2	5	5	0	0	0	1.5	18	16.5	20.3	6.0	25.7	13.6
3	0	5	0	0	0	1.5	23	16.5	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
4	0	0	0	0	0	1.5	23	21.5	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
5	5	5	0	0	0	1.5	18	16.5	20.3	6.0	25.7	13.6
6	0	5	0	0	0	1.5	23	16.5	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
Note 1: Lower limit is assuming ΔTIB,c is zero. If non-zero. PCMAX,c will decrease and T(PCMAX_L,c) may be higher resulting in different test requirements according to Table 6.2.5.3-1.

Table 6.2.4A.2_2.5-3: Test requirement (network signalled value NS_01/NS_12)

Config ID	MPR_c (dB)		A-MPR_c (dB)		ΔT_C,c (dB)		P_CMAX,c (dBm)		P_CMAX (dBm)	T_LOW(P_CMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
Config ID	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	P_CMAX (dBm)	T_LOW(P_CMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
1	0	0	0	0	1.5	1.5	21.5	21.5	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
2	5	5	0	5	1.5	1.5	16.5	11.5	17.7	5.0	25.7	12.0
3	0	5	0	5	1.5	1.5	21.5	11.5	21.9	5.0	25.7	16.2
4	0	0	0	0	1.5	0	21.5	23	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
5	5	5	0	4	1.5	1.5	16.5	12.5	18.0	5.0	25.7	12.3
6	0	5	0	4	1.5	1.5	21.5	12.5	22.0	5.0	25.7	16.3
7	0	0	0	0	1.5	0	21.5	23	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
8	5	5	0	4	0	0	18	14	19.5	5.0	25.7	13.8
9	0	5	0	4	1.5	0	21.5	14	22.2	5.0	25.7	16.5
Note 1: Lower limit is assuming ΔTIB,c is zero. If non-zero. PCMAX,c will decrease and T(PCMAX_L,c) may be higher resulting in different test requirements according to Table 6.2.5.3-1.

Table 6.2.4A.2_2.5-4: Test requirement (network signalled value NS_01/NS_15)

Config ID	MPR_c (dB)		A-MPR_c (dB)		ΔT_C,c (dB)		P_CMAX,c (dBm)		P_CMAX (dBm)	T_LOW(P_CMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
Config ID	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	P_CMAX (dBm)	T_LOW(P_CMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
1	0	0	0	0	1.5	1.5	21.5	21.5	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
2	5	5	0	9	1.5	1.5	16.5	7.5	17.0	5.0	25.7	11.3
3	0	5	0	9	1.5	1.5	21.5	7.5	21.7	5.0	25.7	16.0
4	0	0	0	0	1.5	0	21.5	23	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
5	5	5	0	9	1.5	1.5	16.5	7.5	17.0	5.0	25.7	11.3
6	0	5	0	9	1.5	1.5	21.5	7.5	21.7	5.0	25.7	16.0
7	0	0	0	0	1.5	0	21.5	23	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
8	5	5	0	9	0	0	18	9	18.5	5	25.7	12.8
9	0	5	0	9	0	0	23	9	23.0	3	25.7	19.3
Note 1: Lower limit is assuming ΔTIB,c is zero. If non-zero. PCMAX,c will decrease and T(PCMAX_L,c) may be higher resulting in different test requirements according to Table 6.2.5.3-1.

Table 6.2.4A.2_2.5-5: Test requirement (network signalled value NS_01/NS_21)

Config ID	MPR_c (dB)		A-MPR_c (dB)		ΔT_C,c (dB)		P_CMAX,c (dBm)		P_CMAX (dBm)	T_LOW(P_CMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
Config ID	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	P_CMAX (dBm)	T_LOW(P_CMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
1	0	0	0	0	0	0	23	23	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
2	5	5	0	0	0	0	18	18	21.0	5.0	25.7	15.3
3	0	5	0	0	0	0	23	18	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
4	0	0	0	0	0	0	23	23	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
5	0	0	0	0	0	0	23	23	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
6	5	5	0	4	0	0	18	14	19.5	5.0	25.7	13.8
7	0	5	0	4	0	0	23	14	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
Note 1: Lower limit is assuming ΔTIB,c is zero. If non-zero. PCMAX,c will decrease and T(PCMAX_L,c) may be higher resulting in different test requirements according to Table 6.2.5.3-1.

Table 6.2.4A.2_2.5-6: Test requirement (network signalled value NS_03/NS_03)

Config ID	MPR_c (dB)		A-MPR_c (dB)		ΔT_C,c (dB)		P_CMAX,c (dBm)		P_CMAX (dBm)	T_LOW(P_CMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
Config ID	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	P_CMAX (dBm)	T_LOW(P_CMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
1	0	0	0	0	1.5	0	21.5	23	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
2	5	5	1	1	1.5	0	15.5	17	19.3	5.0	25.7	13.6
3	5	0	1	0	1.5	0	15.5	23	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
4	0	0	0	0	1.5	0	21.5	23	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
5	5	5	1	1	0	0	17	17	20.0	6.0	25.7	13.3
6	5	0	1	0	0	0	17	23	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
7	0	0	0	0	1.5	0	21.5	23	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
8	5	5	1	1	0	0	17	17	20.0	6.0	25.7	13.3
9	5	0	1	0	0	0	17	23	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
10	0	0	0	0	1.5	0	21.5	23	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
11	5	5	1	1	0	0	17	17	20.0	6.0	25.7	13.3
12	5	0	1	0	0	0	17	23	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
Note 1: Lower limit is assuming ΔTIB,c is zero. If non-zero. PCMAX,c will decrease and T(PCMAX_L,c) may be higher resulting in different test requirements according to Table 6.2.5.3-1.

Table 6.2.4A.2_2.5-7: Test requirement (network signalled value NS_03/NS_06)

Config ID	MPR_c (dB)		A-MPR_c (dB)		ΔT_C,c (dB)		P_CMAX,c (dBm)		P_CMAX (dBm)	T_LOW(P_CMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
Config ID	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	P_CMAX (dBm)	T_LOW(P_CMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
1	0	0	0	0	1.5	1.5	21.5	21.5	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
2	5	5	1	0	1.5	0	15.5	18	19.9	5.0	25.7	13.8
3	5	0	1	0	1.5	1.5	15.5	21.5	22.5	5.0	25.7	17.1
4	0	0	0	0	1.5	1.5	21.5	21.5	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
5	5	5	1	0	0	0	17	18	20.5	6.0	25.7	13.8
6	5	0	1	0	0	1.5	17	21.5	22.8	5.0	25.7	17.1
7	0	0	0	0	1.5	1.5	21.5	21.5	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
8	5	5	1	0	0	0	17	18	20.5	6.0	25.7	13.8
9	5	0	1	0	0	1.5	17	21.5	22.8	5.0	25.7	17.1^{Note 2}
10	0	0	0	0	1.5	1.5	21.5	21.5	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
11	5	5	1	0	0	0	17	18	20.5	6.0	25.7	13.8
12	5	0	1	0	0	1.5	17	21.5	22.8	5.0	25.7	17.1^{Note 2}
13	0	0	0	0	1.5	1.5	21.5	21.5	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
14	5	5	1	0	0	0	17	18	20.5	6.0	25.7	13.8
15	5	0	1	0	0	1.5	17	21.5	22.8	5.0	25.7	17.1^{Note 2}
16	0	0	0	0	1.5	1.5	21.5	21.5	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
17	5	5	1	0	0	0	17	18	20.5	6.0	25.7	13.8
18	5	0	1	0	0	1.5	17	21.5	22.8	5.0	25.7	17.1^{Note 2}
Note 1: Lower limit is assuming ΔTIB,c is zero. If non-zero. PCMAX,c will decrease and T(PCMAX_L,c) may be higher resulting in different test requirements according to Table 6.2.5.3-1. Note 2: ΔTC,c does not apply in all bands. If SCC is on bands without ΔTC,c, then lower limit is 19.3 dBm.

Table 6.2.4A.2_2.5-8: Test requirement (network signalled value NS_03/NS_07)

Config ID	MPR_c (dB)		A-MPR_c (dB)		ΔT_C,c (dB)		P_CMAX,c (dBm)		P_CMAX (dBm)	T_LOW(P_CMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
Config ID	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	P_CMAX (dBm)	T_LOW(P_CMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
1	0	0	0	0	1.5	0	21.5	23	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
2	5	5	1	12	0	0	17	6	17.3	5.0	25.7	11.6
3	0	5	0	12	1.5	0	21.5	6	21.6	5.0	25.7	15.9^{Note 2}
4	0	0	0	0	1.5	0	21.5	23	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
5	5	5	1	12	0	0	17	6	17.3	5.0	25.7	11.6
6	0	5	0	12	1.5	0	21.5	6	21.6	5.0	25.7	15.9^{Note 2}
7	0	0	0	0	1.5	0	21.5	23	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
8	5	5	1	12	0	0	17	6	17.3	5.0	25.7	11.6
9	0	5	0	12	1.5	0	21.5	6	21.6	5.0	25.7	15.9^{Note 2}
Note 1: Lower limit is assuming ΔTIB,c is zero. If non-zero. PCMAX,c will decrease and T(PCMAX_L,c) may be higher resulting in different test requirements according to Table 6.2.5.3-1. Note 2: ΔTC,c does not apply in all bands. If PCC is on bands without ΔTC,c, then lower limit is 19.3 dBm.

Table 6.2.4A.2_2.5-9: Test requirement (network signalled value NS_03/NS_21)

Config ID	MPR_c (dB)		A-MPR_c (dB)		ΔT_C,c (dB)		P_CMAX,c (dBm)		P_CMAX (dBm)	T_LOW(P_CMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
Config ID	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	P_CMAX (dBm)	T_LOW(P_CMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
1	0	0	0	0	1.5	0	21.5	23	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
2	5	5	1	0	0	0	17	18	20.5	6.0	25.7	13.8
3	5	0	1	0	0	0	17	23	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
4	0	0	0	0	1.5	0	21.5	23	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
5	0	0	0	0	1.5	0	21.5	23	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
6	5	5	1	4	0	0	17	14	18.8	5.0	25.7	13.1
7	0	5	0	4	1.5	0	21.5	14	22.2	5.0	25.7	16.5
Note 1: Lower limit is assuming ΔTIB,c is zero. If non-zero. PCMAX,c will decrease and T(PCMAX_L,c) may be higher resulting in different test requirements according to Table 6.2.5.3-1.

Table 6.2.4A.2_2.5-10: Test requirement (network signalled value NS_05/NS_01)

Config ID	MPR_c (dB)		A-MPR_c (dB)		ΔT_C,c (dB)		P_CMAX,c (dBm)		P_CMAX (dBm)	T_LOW(P_CMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
Config ID	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	P_CMAX (dBm)	T_LOW(P_CMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
1	0	0	0	0	0	0	23	23	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
2	5	5	0	0	0	0	18	18	21.0	5.0	25.7	15.3
3	5	0	0	0	0	0	18	23	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
4	0	0	0	0	0	0	23	23	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
5	5	5	0	0	0	0	18	18	21.0	5.0	25.7	15.3
6	5	0	0	0	0	0	18	23	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
7	0	0	0	0	0	0	23	23	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
8	5	5	0	0	0	0	18	18	21.0	5.0	25.7	15.3
9	5	0	0	0	0	0	18	23	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
10	0	0	0	0	0	0	23	23	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
11	5	5	1	0	0	0	17	18	20.5	6.0	25.7	13.8
12	5	0	1	0	0	0	17	23	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
13	0	0	0	0	0	0	23	23	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
14	5	5	1	0	0	0	17	18	20.5	6.0	25.7	13.8
15	5	0	1	0	0	0	17	23	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
16	0	0	0	0	0	0	23	23	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
17	5	5	1	0	0	0	17	18	20.5	6.0	25.7	13.8
18	5	0	1	0	0	0	17	23	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
Note 1: Lower limit is assuming ΔTIB,c is zero. If non-zero. PCMAX,c will decrease and T(PCMAX_L,c) may be higher resulting in different test requirements according to Table 6.2.5.3-1.

Table 6.2.4A.2_2.5-11: Test requirement (network signalled value NS_06/NS_21)

Config ID	MPR_c (dB)		A-MPR_c (dB)		ΔT_C,c (dB)		P_CMAX,c (dBm)		P_CMAX (dBm)	T_LOW(P_CMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
Config ID	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	PCC	SCC	P_CMAX (dBm)	T_LOW(P_CMAX) (dB)	Upper limit (dBm)	Lower limit (dBm)
1	0	0	0	0	1.5	0	21.5	23	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
2	5	5	0	0	0	0	18	18	21.0	5.0	25.7	15.3
3	5	0	0	0	0	0	18	23	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
4	0	0	0	0	1.5	0	21.5	23	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
5	0	0	0	0	1.5	0	21.5	23	23.0	3.0	25.7	19.3
6	5	5	0	4	0	0	18	14	19.5	5.0	25.7	13.8
7	0	5	0	4	1.5	0	21.5	14	22.2	5.0	25.7	16.5
Note 1: Lower limit is assuming ΔTIB,c is zero. If non-zero. PCMAX,c will decrease and T(PCMAX_L,c) may be higher resulting in different test requirements according to Table 6.2.5.3-1.

6.2.4A.3 Additional Maximum Power Reduction (A-MPR) for CA (intra-band non-contiguous DL CA and UL CA)

NOTE: No test case details specified because the additional maximum power reduction cannot be verified for the intra-band non-contiguous UL CA case due to A-MPR is N/A in current non-contiguous Uplink CA configuration CA_4A-4A according to Table 6.2.4A-2 in TS 36.101.

6.2.4A.3.1 Minimum conformance requirements

For intra-band non-contiguous carrier aggregation with the UE configured for transmissions on two serving cells, the maximum output power reduction specified in Table 6.2.4A.3.1-1 is allowed for all serving cells of the applicable uplink CA configurations according to the CA network signalling value indicated by the field additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10. MPR as specified in subclause 6.2.3A is not allowed in addition, unless A-MPR is N/A.

Table 6.2.4A.3.1-1: Additional Maximum Power Reduction (A-MPR) for intra-band non-contiguous CA

CA Network Signalling value	Additional requirements for sub-blocks in order of increasing uplink carrier frequency		Uplink CA Configuration	A-MPR for sub-blocks in order of increasing uplink carrier frequency
CA Network Signalling value	Requirements (subclause)	Requirements (subclause)	Uplink CA Configuration	A-MPR [dB] (subclause)
CA_NC_NS_01	6.6.2.2.3.1 (NS_03)	6.6.2.2.3.1 (NS_03)	CA_4A-4A	N/A
…
CA_NC_NS_31	NOTE 1	NOTE 1	Table 5.6A.1-3 (NOTE 1)	N/A
CA_NC_NS_32	Reserved
NOTE 1: Applicable for uplink CA configurations listed in Table 5.6A.1-3 for which the additional requirements in subclause 6.6.2.1.3 (indicated by NS_01) applies in each sub-block. NOTE 2: The index of the sequence CA_NC_NS corresponds to the value of additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4A.

6.2.4A.2_2 Void

6.2.4A.4 Additional Maximum Power Reduction (A-MPR) for CA (3UL CA)

6.2.4A.4.1 Test purpose

6.2.4A.4.2 Test applicability

The requirements of this test apply in test case 6.6.3.3A.4 Additional spurious emissions for CA (intra-band contiguous DL CA and UL CA) for network signalled values CA_NS_04 to all types of E-UTRA UE release 13 and forward that support intra-band contiguous 3DL CA and 3UL CA.

The requirements of this test apply in test case 6.6.3.3A.4 Additional spurious emissions for CA (inter-band 3DL CA and 3UL CA) for network signalled values CA_NS_04 to all types of E-UTRA UE release 13 and forward that support inter-band 3DL CA and 3UL CA.

NOTE: As a result TC 6.2.4A.4 has not been included in the test case applicability table 4.1-1, TS 36.521-2. This does not preclude the test from being used for R&D or other purposes if deemed useful.

6.2.4A.4.3 Minimum conformance requirements

For PUCCH and SRS transmissions, the allowed A-MPR is according to that specified for PUSCH QPSK modulation for the corresponding transmission bandwidth.

For intra-band carrier aggregation, the A-MPR shall be evaluated per T_eval period as specified in table 6.2.4A-3 and given by the maximum value taken over the transmission(s) on all component carriers within that period; the maximum A-MPR over T_REF is then applied for the entire T_REF.

Table 6.2.4A-3: A-MPR evaluation T_eval period

TTI pattern	T_REF	T_eval
Subframe	1 subframe	1 slot
Slot	7 OS	Min(T_{no_hopping}, 7OS)
Sublot	2 OS, 3OS	Min(T_{no_hopping}, 2OS/3OS)

For combinations of intra-band and inter-band carrier aggregation with the UE configured for transmission on three serving cells (up to two contiguously aggregated carriers per band), the maximum output power reduction is specified as follows. For the band supporting one serving cell the maximum output power reduction specified in Table 6.2.4-1 is allowed according to the Network Signalling value indicated by the field additionalSprectrumEmission for the PCC and the CA network signalling value indicated by the field additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10 for the SCC. The value of additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10 is equal to that of additionalSprectrumEmission configured on the SCC. MPR as specified in subclause 6.2.3A is allowed in addition. For the band supporting intra-band contiguous aggregation with the UE configured for transmissions on two serving cells, the maximum output power reduction specified in Table 6.2.4A.1.3-1 is allowed for all serving cells of the applicable uplink CA configurations according to the CA network signalling value indicated by the field additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10. Then clause 6.2.3A does not apply, i.e. the carrier aggregation MPR = 0dB, unless the value indicated is CA_NS_31. For uplink 64 QAM and 256 QAM, the applied maximum output power reduction is obtained by taking the maximum value of MPR requirements specified in Table 6.2.3A-1 and A-MPR requirements specified in Table 6.2.4A.1.3-1.

For the UE maximum output power modified by A-MPR specified in table 6.2.4A-1, the power limits specified in subclause 6.2.5A apply.

If the UE is configured to CA_41C or any uplink inter-band CA configuration containing CA_41C and it receives IE CA_NS_04 the allowed maximum output power reduction applied to transmission on two component carriers for contiguously aggregated signals is specified in Table 6.2.4A.3-1A for UE power class 3.

Table 6.2.4A.3-1A: Contiguous Allocation A-MPR for CA_NS_04 (power class 3), Bandwidth Class D

CA Bandwidth Class D	RB_Start	L_CRB [RBs]	RB_start+ L_CRB [RBs]	A-MPR for QPSK [dB]	A-MPR for 16 QAM, 64 QAM and 256 QAM [dB]
50 RB / 75 RB/ 100 RB	0 – 64 and 161 – 224	>0	N/A	≤4dB	≤4.5dB
50 RB / 75 RB/ 100 RB	65 – 160	N/A	>161	≤3dB	≤3.5dB
50 RB / 100 RB / 100 RB	0 – 72 and 178 – 249	>0	N/A	≤4dB	≤4.5dB
50 RB / 100 RB / 100 RB	73 – 177	N/A	>178	≤3dB	≤3.5dB
75 RB / 75 RB / 100 RB	0 – 72 and 178 – 249	>0	N/A	≤4dB	≤4.5dB
75 RB / 75 RB / 100 RB	73 – 177	N/A	>178	≤3dB	≤3.5dB
75 RB / 100 RB / 100 RB	0 – 78 and 197 – 274	>0	N/A	≤3.5dB	≤4dB
75 RB / 100 RB / 100 RB	79 – 196	N/A	>197	≤2.5dB	≤3dB
100 RB / 100 RB / 100 RB	0 – 96 and 204 – 300	>0	N/A	≤3.5dB	≤4dB
100 RB / 100 RB / 100 RB	97– 203	N/A	>204	≤2.5dB	≤3dB

6.2.4A.4.4 Test description

6.2.4A.4.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state. For the UE maximum output power modified by A-MPR specified in table 6.2.4A.4.4.1-1, the power limits specified in subclause 6.2.4A.4.5-1 apply.

Table 6.2.4A.4.4.1-1: Additional Maximum Power Reduction (A-MPR) for intra-band contiguous CA

CA Network Signalling value

Requirements

(subclause)

Uplink CA Configuration

A-MPR [dB]

(subclause)

CA_NS_04

6.6.2.2A.1, 6.6.3.3A.8

CA_41C, CA_41D

6.2.4A.4

NOTE 1: Applicable for uplink CA configurations listed in Table 5.6A.1-1 for which none of the additional requirements in subclauses 6.6.2.2A or 6.6.3.3A apply.

NOTE 2: The index of the sequence CA_NS corresponds to the value of additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and CC combinations based on E‑UTRA CA configurations specified in table 5.4.2A.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each CA Configuration, and are shown in table 6.2.4A.4.4.1-2. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexe A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.2.4A.4.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table for intra-band contiguous CA

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1						NC, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes, and PCC and SCCs are mapped onto physical frequencies according to Table 6.1-2.						Low and High range
Test CC Combination setting (N_{RB_agg}) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.						Lowest N_{RB_agg}Highest N_{RB_agg} (Note 2)
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
CA Configuration / N_{RB_agg} DL Allocation				DL Allocation	CC MOD	UL Allocation
ID	PCC N_RB	SCC1 N_RB	SCC2 N_RB	PCC & SCC RB allocation	CC MOD	N_{RB_ alloc}	PCC & SCC1 & SCC2 RB allocations (L_CRB @ RB_start)
1	100	75	50		QPSK	12	P_12@0	S_0@0	S_0@0
2	100	75	50		QPSK	50	P_50@0	S_0@0	S_0@0
3	100	75	50		QPSK	225	P_100@0	S_75@0	S_50@0
4	100	75	50		16QAM	12	P_12@0	S_0@0	S_0@0
5	100	75	50		16QAM	50	P_50@0	S_0@0	S_0@0
6	100	75	50		16QAM	225	P_100@0	S_75@0	S_50@0
7	100	75	50		QPSK	3	P_1@0	S_1@74	S_1@49
8	100	100	50		QPSK	12	P_12@0	S_0@0	S_0@0
9	100	100	50		QPSK	50	P_50@0	S_0@0	S_0@0
10	100	100	50		QPSK	250	P_100@0	S_100@0	S_50@0
11	100	100	50		16QAM	12	P_18@0	S_0@0	S_0@0
12	100	100	50		16QAM	50	P_50@0	S_0@0	S_0@0
13	100	100	50		16QAM	250	P_100@0	S_100@0	S_50@0
14	100	100	50		QPSK	3	P_1@0	S_1@99	S_1@49
15	100	75	75		QPSK	16	P_16@0	S_0@0	S_0@0
16	100	75	75		QPSK	75	P_75@0	S_0@0	S_0@0
17	100	75	75		QPSK	250	P_100@0	S_75@0	S_75@0
18	100	75	75		16QAM	16	P_16@0	S_0@0	S_0@0
19	100	75	75		16QAM	75	P_75@0	S_0@0	S_0@0
20	100	75	75		16QAM	250	P_100@0	S_75@0	S_75@0
21	100	75	75		QPSK	3	P_1@0	S_1@74	S_1@74
22	100	100	75		QPSK	16	P_16@0	S_0@0	S_0@0
23	100	100	75		QPSK	75	P_75@0	S_0@0	S_0@0
24	100	100	75		QPSK	275	P_100@0	S_100@0	S_75@0
25	100	100	75		16QAM	16	P_16@0	S_0@0	S_0@0
26	100	100	75		16QAM	75	P_75@0	S_0@0	S_0@0
27	100	100	75		16QAM	275	P_100@0	S_100@0	S_75@0
28	100	100	75		QPSK	3	P_1@0	S_1@74	S_1@74
29	100	100	100		QPSK	18	P_18@0	S_0@0	S_0@0
30	100	100	100		QPSK	100	P_100@0	S_0@0	S_0@0
31	100	100	100		QPSK	300	P_100@0	S_100@0	S_100@0
32	100	100	100		16QAM	18	P_18@0	S_0@0	S_0@0
33	100	100	100		16QAM	100	P_100@0	S_0@0	S_0@0
34	100	100	100		16QAM	300	P_100@0	S_100@0	S_100@0
35	100	100	100		QPSK	3	P_1@0	S_1@99	S_1@99
NOTE 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration, which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1. NOTE 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same N_{RB_agg}, only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested.

1. Connect the SS and interfering sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.32 as appropriate.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL Reference Measurement channel is set according to Table 6.2.4A.4.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.2.4A.4.4.3.

6.2.4A.4.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1, and Annex C.3.0 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 6.2.3A.4.4.3.

3. SS activates SCC by sending the MAC-CE according to TS 36.321 [13] clauses 5.13 and 6.1.3.8. Wait for at least 2 seconds as per TS 36.133 [4] clause 8.3.3.2.

4. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.2.4A.4.4.1-1on both PCC and SCC. Since the UE has no payload and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

5. Send continuously uplink power control “up” commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE to ensure that the UE transmits at P_UMAXlevel.

6. Measure the mean power over all component carriers in the CA configuration of the radio access mode. The period of measurement shall be at least the continuous duration one sub-frame (1ms). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.

6.2.4A.4.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6. In test procedure step 2, for SCC configuration there are no additional message contents.

6.2.4A.4.5 Test Requirements

The maximum output power, derived in step 6 shall be within the range prescribed by the nominal maximum output power and tolerance in the applicable table from Table 6.2.4A.4.5-1. For the UE maximum output power modified by A-MPR specified in sub-clause 6.2.4A.2.3, the power limits specified in Table 6.2.5A.3.3-1 apply.

Table 6.2.4A.4.5-1: CA UE Power Class test requirements (intra-band continuous)

Configuration ID	Class 1 (dBm)	Tol. (dB)	Class 2 (dBm)	Tol. (dB)	Class 3 (dBm)	Tol. (dB)
1					23	+2.7/-7.2
2					23	+2.7/-4.7
3					23	+2.7/-7.7
4					23	+2.7/-7.2
5					23	+2.7/-5.7
6					23	+2.7/-7.7
7					23	+2.7/-7.2
8					23	+2.7/-7.2
9					23	+2.7/-4.7
10					23	+2.7/-7.7
11					23	+2.7/-7.2
12					23	+2.7/-5.7
13					23	+2.7/-7.7
14					23	+2.7/-7.2
15					23	+2.7/-7.2
16					23	+2.7/-4.7
17					23	+2.7/-7.7
18					23	+2.7/-7.2
19					23	+2.7/-5.7
20					23	+2.7/-7.7
21					23	+2.7/-7.2
22					23	+2.7/-6.2
23					23	+2.7/-4.7
24					23	+2.7/-7.7
25					23	+2.7/-7.2
26					23	+2.7/-5.7
27					23	+2.7/-7.7
28					23	+2.7/-8.2
29					23	+2.7/-6.2
30					23	+2.7/-4.7
31					23	+2.7/-6.7
32					23	+2.7/-7.2
33					23	+2.7/-5.7
34					23	+2.7/-7.7
35					23	+2.7/-6.2
NOTE 1: Lower limit is assuming ΔT_C,c and ΔT_IB,c are zero. If non-zero, P_CMAX,c will decrease and T(P_{CMAX_L,c}) may be higher resulting in different test requirements according to Table 6.2.5A.1.3-1.

6.2.4A.5 Additional Maximum Power Reduction (A-MPR) for CA (4UL CA)

Editor’s Note: This test case is incomplete. The following items are missing or are incomplete:

There is no intra-band combination for CA (4UL CA)
Test case need to be aligned with the Additional Spectrum Emission Mask & Additional spurious emissions for CA (4UL CA)
Test configuration table is TBD
Test requirement is TBD

6.2.4A.5.1 Test purpose

6.2.4A.5.2 Test applicability

The requirements of this test apply in test case 6.6.2.2A.5 Additional Spectrum Emission Mask for CA (4 UL CA) for network signalled value CA_NS [TBD] to all types of E-UTRA UE release 11 and forward that support inter-band 4DL CA and 4UL CA.

The requirements of this test apply in test case 6.6.3.3A.5 Additional spurious emissions for CA (4UL CA) for network signalled value CA_NS [TBD] to all types of E-UTRA UE release 15 and forward that support inter-band 4DL CA and 4UL CA.

NOTE: As a result TC 6.2.4A.5 has not been included in the test case applicability table 4.1-1, TS 36.521-2. This does not preclude the test from being used for R&D or other purposes if deemed useful.

6.2.4A.5.3 Minimum conformance requirements

For inter-band carrier aggregation, the UE configured with four uplink component carriers (up to two contiguously aggregated carriers per band), the additional maximum output power reduction specified in subclause 6.2.4A.1.3 is allowed for each E-UTRA band of the applicable uplink CA configuration according to the Network Signalling value indicated by the field additionalSprectrumEmission for the PCC and the CA network signalling value indicated by the field additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10 for the SCC. The value of additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10 is equal to that of additionalSprectrumEmission configured on the SCC. MPR as specified in subclause 6.2.3A is allowed in addition.

For PUCCH and SRS transmissions, the allowed A-MPR is according to that specified for PUSCH QPSK modulation for the corresponding transmission bandwidth.

The normative reference for this requirement is in TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.2.4A.

6.2.4A.5.4 Test description

6.2.4A.5.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be set up and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

For the UE maximum output power modified by A-MPR specified in table 6.2.4A.5.4.1-1, the power limits specified in subclause [TBD] apply.

Table 6.2.4A.5.4.1-1: Additional Maximum Power Reduction (A-MPR) for 4UL CA

Uplink CA Configuration

NS-value per CC (in same order as UL CA Configuration column)

Applicable emissions requirements (in same order as UL CA Configuration column)

CA_41C-42C

CA_NS_04

CA_NS_08

TBD

Note 1: A-MPR values for NS-values in this table are the same as in section 6.2.4.3.

Note 2: Selection of CA configurations and NS-values to test is derived in TR 36.905 [19].

Note 3: For simplifying test, PCC is mapped to the first band of the combination as listed in Uplink CA Configuration column.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and CC combinations based on E‑UTRA CA configurations specified in table 5.4.2A.1-1 and 5.4.2A.1-2. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each CA Configuration, and are shown in table 6.2.4A.5.4.1-2. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexe A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.2.4A.5.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value CA_NS_04/CA_NS_08)

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1

Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes

Low and High range for both PCC and SCC

Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.

Lowest and Highest N_RBagg

Test Parameters for CA Configurations

Config ID

CA Configuration / NRB_agg

DL Allocation

CC MOD

UL Allocation

PCC

SCC1

SCC2

SCC3

PCC & SCC RB allocation

PCC

SCC1

SCC2

SCC3

PCC & SCC RB allocations

NRB

TBD

N/A for this test

TBD

Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration. which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2.

Note 2: Lower limit is assuming ΔTIB,c is zero. If non-zero. PCMAX,c will decrease and T(PCMAX_L,c) may be higher resulting in different test requirements according to Table 6.2.5.3-1.

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508[7] Annex A Figure group A.55 as appropriate.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL Reference Measurement channel is set according to Table 6.2.4A.5.4.1-2.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.2.4A.5.4.3.

6.2.4A.5.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.0 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 6.2.4A.5.4.3.

3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.2.4A.5.4.1-2 on both PCC and SCCs. Since the UE has no payload and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

5. Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in every uplink scheduling information to the UE; allow at least 200ms for the UE to reach P_UMAX level.

6.2.4A.5.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6. In test procedure step 2, for SCCs configuration there are no additional message contents.

6.2.4A.5.5 Test Requirements

TBD